EX-4.1





 Exhibit 4.1 

Execution Version 

UNIVAR SOLUTIONS USA INC. 
 as
initial Issuer 
 UNIVAR SOLUTIONS INC. 

as Company 
 the Subsidiary
Guarantors from time to time parties hereto 
 and 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 as
Trustee 
  
  

INDENTURE 
 DATED AS OF
November 22, 2019 
  
  

PROVIDING FOR ISSUANCE OF NOTES IN SERIES 












 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE I	  

	
	 DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS

OF GENERAL APPLICATION
	  

 

			
	 Section 101.
	 	Definitions	  	 	1	 
	 Section 102.
	 	Other Definitions	  	 	50	 
	 Section 103.
	 	Rules of Construction	  	 	51	 
	 Section 104.
	 	[Reserved]	  	 	52	 
	 Section 105.
	 	[Reserved]	  	 	52	 
	 Section 106.
	 	Compliance Certificates and Opinions	  	 	52	 
	 Section 107.
	 	Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee	  	 	53	 
	 Section 108.
	 	Acts of Noteholders; Record Dates	  	 	53	 
	 Section 109.
	 	Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Issuer and Company	  	 	56	 
	 Section 110.
	 	Notices to Holders; Waiver	  	 	56	 
	 Section 111.
	 	Effect of Headings and Table of Contents	  	 	57	 
	 Section 112.
	 	Successors and Assigns	  	 	57	 
	 Section 113.
	 	Separability Clause	  	 	57	 
	 Section 114.
	 	Benefits of Indenture	  	 	57	 
	 Section 115.
	 	GOVERNING LAW	  	 	57	 
	 Section 116.
	 	Legal Holidays	  	 	58	 
	 Section 117.
	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators and Stockholders	  	 	58	 
	 Section 118.
	 	Exhibits and Schedules	  	 	58	 
	 Section 119.
	 	Counterparts	  	 	58	 
	 Section 120.
	 	Force Majeure	  	 	58	 
	 Section 121.
	 	Limited Condition Acquisition	  	 	59	 
	
	ARTICLE II	  

	
	NOTE FORMS	  

			
	 Section 201.
	 	Forms Generally	  	 	60	 
	 Section 202.
	 	Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication	  	 	61	 
	 Section 203.
	 	Restrictive and Global Note Legends	  	 	62	 
	
	ARTICLE III	  

	
	THE NOTES	  

			
	 Section 301.
	 	Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series	  	 	65	 
	 Section 302.
	 	Denominations	  	 	66	 
	 Section 303.
	 	Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating	  	 	66	 


  
 i 














							
	 Section 304.
	 	Temporary Notes	  	 	67	 
	 Section 305.
	 	Note Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	67	 
	 Section 306.
	 	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes	  	 	68	 
	 Section 307.
	 	Payment of Interest Rights Preserved	  	 	69	 
	 Section 308.
	 	Persons Deemed Owners	  	 	70	 
	 Section 309.
	 	Cancellation	  	 	70	 
	 Section 310.
	 	Computation of Interest	  	 	70	 
	 Section 311.
	 	CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, Etc.	  	 	70	 
	 Section 312.
	 	Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes	  	 	70	 
	 Section 313.
	 	Special Transfer Provisions	  	 	72	 
	
	ARTICLE IV	  

	
	COVENANTS	  

			
	 Section 401.
	 	Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest	  	 	75	 
	 Section 402.
	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	75	 
	 Section 403.
	 	Money for Payments to Be Held in Trust	  	 	76	 
	 Section 404.
	 	[Reserved]	  	 	77	 
	 Section 405.
	 	SEC Reports	  	 	77	 
	 Section 406.
	 	Statement as to Default	  	 	80	 
	 Section 407.
	 	Limitation on Indebtedness	  	 	80	 
	 Section 408.
	 	[Reserved]	  	 	86	 
	 Section 409.
	 	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	 	86	 
	 Section 410.
	 	Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries	  	 	91	 
	 Section 411.
	 	Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock	  	 	93	 
	 Section 412.
	 	Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	97	 
	 Section 413.
	 	Limitation on Liens	  	 	99	 
	 Section 414.
	 	Future Subsidiary Guarantors	  	 	99	 
	 Section 415.
	 	Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control	  	 	100	 
	 Section 416.
	 	Suspension of Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Rating	  	 	101	 
	
	ARTICLE V	  

	
	SUCCESSORS	  

			
	 Section 501.
	 	When the Company May Merge, Etc.	  	 	103	 
	 Section 502.
	 	Successor Company or Successor Issuer Substituted	  	 	105	 
	
	ARTICLE VI	  

	
	REMEDIES	  

			
	 Section 601.
	 	Events of Default	  	 	105	 
	 Section 602.
	 	Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment	  	 	109	 
	 Section 603.
	 	Other Remedies; Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	109	 
	 Section 604.
	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	109	 


  
 ii 














							
	 Section 605.
	 	Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes	  	 	110	 
	 Section 606.
	 	Application of Money Collected	  	 	110	 
	 Section 607.
	 	Limitation on Suits	  	 	110	 
	 Section 608.
	 	[Reserved]	  	 	111	 
	 Section 609.
	 	Restoration of Rights and Remedies	  	 	111	 
	 Section 610.
	 	Rights and Remedies Cumulative	  	 	111	 
	 Section 611.
	 	Delay or Omission Not Waiver	  	 	111	 
	 Section 612.
	 	Control by Holders	  	 	111	 
	 Section 613.
	 	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	112	 
	 Section 614.
	 	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	112	 
	 Section 615.
	 	Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws	  	 	112	 
	
	ARTICLE VII	  

	
	THE TRUSTEE	  

			
	 Section 701.
	 	Certain Duties and Responsibilities	  	 	113	 
	 Section 702.
	 	Notice of Defaults	  	 	113	 
	 Section 703.
	 	Certain Rights of Trustee	  	 	114	 
	 Section 704.
	 	Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes	  	 	115	 
	 Section 705.
	 	May Hold Notes	  	 	115	 
	 Section 706.
	 	Money Held in Trust	  	 	115	 
	 Section 707.
	 	Compensation and Reimbursement	  	 	115	 
	 Section 708.
	 	Conflicting Interests	  	 	116	 
	 Section 709.
	 	Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility	  	 	116	 
	 Section 710.
	 	Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor	  	 	116	 
	 Section 711.
	 	Acceptance of Appointment by Successor	  	 	117	 
	 Section 712.
	 	Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business	  	 	118	 
	 Section 713.
	 	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer	  	 	118	 
	 Section 714.
	 	Appointment of Authenticating Agent	  	 	118	 
	
	ARTICLE VIII	  

	
	 HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY

TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER
	  

 

			
	 Section 801.
	 	The Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders	  	 	119	 
	 Section 802.
	 	Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders	  	 	119	 
	 Section 803.
	 	Reports by Trustee	  	 	119	 
	
	ARTICLE IX	  

	
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT OR WAIVER	  

			
	 Section 901.
	 	Without Consent of Holders	  	 	120	 
	 Section 902.
	 	With Consent of Holders	  	 	121	 
	 Section 903.
	 	Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers	  	 	122	 


  
 iii 














							
	 Section 904.
	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	 	122	 
	 Section 905.
	 	[Reserved]	  	 	122	 
	 Section 906.
	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	123	 
	
	ARTICLE X	  

	
	REDEMPTION OF NOTES	  

			
	 Section 1001.
	 	Applicability of Article	  	 	123	 
	 Section 1002.
	 	[Reserved]	  	 	123	 
	 Section 1003.
	 	Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee	  	 	123	 
	 Section 1004.
	 	Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	 	123	 
	 Section 1005.
	 	Notice of Redemption	  	 	124	 
	 Section 1006.
	 	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	 	125	 
	 Section 1007.
	 	Notes Payable on Redemption Date	  	 	125	 
	 Section 1008.
	 	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	 	126	 
	
	ARTICLE XI	  

	
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  

			
	 Section 1101.
	 	Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture	  	 	126	 
	 Section 1102.
	 	Satisfaction and Discharge of Notes of a Series	  	 	127	 
	 Section 1103.
	 	Application of Trust Money	  	 	128	 
	
	ARTICLE XII	  

	
	DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  

			
	 Section 1201.
	 	The Issuer’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	129	 
	 Section 1202.
	 	Defeasance and Discharge	  	 	129	 
	 Section 1203.
	 	Covenant Defeasance	  	 	129	 
	 Section 1204.
	 	Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	130	 
	 Section 1205.
	 	Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	 	131	 
	 Section 1206.
	 	Reinstatement	  	 	132	 
	 Section 1207.
	 	Repayments to Issuer	  	 	132	 
	
	ARTICLE XIII	  

	
	GUARANTEES	  

			
	 Section 1301.
	 	Guarantees Generally	  	 	132	 
	 Section 1302.
	 	Continuing Guarantees	  	 	134	 
	 Section 1303.
	 	Release of Subsidiary Guarantees	  	 	134	 
	 Section 1304.
	 	[Reserved]	  	 	135	 
	 Section 1305.
	 	Waiver of Subrogation	  	 	135	 
	 Section 1306.
	 	Notation Not Required	  	 	136	 


  
 iv 














							
	 Section 1307.
	 	Successors and Assigns of Guarantors	  	 	136	 
	 Section 1308.
	 	Execution and Delivery of Guarantees	  	 	136	 
	 Section 1309.
	 	Notices	  	 	136	 

  

			
	 Exhibit A
	  	 Form of Initial Note

	 Exhibit B
	  	 [Reserved]

	 Exhibit C
	  	 Form of Certificate of Beneficial Ownership

	 Exhibit D
	  	 Form of Regulation S Certificate

	 Exhibit E
	  	 Form of Supplemental Indenture in Respect of Subsidiary Guarantees

	 Exhibit F
	  	 Form of Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investors

	 Exhibit G
	  	 Form of Supplemental Indenture Establishing a Series of Notes



  
 v 













 INDENTURE, dated as of November 22, 2019 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time, this “Indenture”), among Univar Solutions USA Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Washington, as initial Issuer, Univar Solutions Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of
the State of Delaware, as Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time parties hereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee. 

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY 
 The
initial Issuer and the Company have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of the Notes. 

All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the initial Issuer and the Company in accordance with the terms of the
Initial Notes and this Indenture have been done. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH: 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the benefit of all
Holders of the Notes, as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS 

OF GENERAL APPLICATION 

Section 101. Definitions. 

“2023 Notes” means the Issuer’s 6.75% Senior Notes due 2023 pursuant to the 2023 Notes Indenture and outstanding on the
Issue Date. 
 “2023 Notes Indenture” means the indenture for the 2023 Notes, dated as of July 1, 2015, between the
Issuer, the Company, the other guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, as in effect on the Issue Date and as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person (i) existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or
(ii) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness
shall be deemed to be Incurred on the date of the related acquisition of assets from any Person or the date the acquired Person becomes a Subsidiary. 

“Additional Assets” means (i) any property or assets that replace the property or assets that are the subject of an
Asset Disposition; (ii) any property or assets (other than Indebtedness and Capital Stock) used or to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Related Business, and any capital expenditures in respect of any
property or assets already so used; (iii) the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Related Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or another Restricted
Subsidiary; or (iv) Capital Stock of any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary acquired from a third party. 

  
 1 













 “Additional Notes” means any notes issued under this Indenture in addition
to the Initial Notes (other than any Notes issued pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306, 312(d), 312(e) or 1008). 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

“Asset Disposition” means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares, or (in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary) to the extent required by applicable law), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a
“disposition”) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction) other than (i) a disposition to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,
(ii) a disposition in the ordinary course of business, including any disposition of obsolete, uneconomic, surplus or worn-out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or consistent with
past practice or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used or useful in the ordinary course of business, (iii) a disposition of Cash Equivalents, Investment Grade Securities or Temporary Cash
Investments, (iv) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms, as determined by the Company in good faith) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of
business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable, (v) any Restricted Payment Transaction, (vi) a disposition that is governed by Article V, (vii) any Financing Disposition, (viii) any
“fee in lieu” or other disposition of assets to any Governmental Authority that continue in use by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may obtain title to such assets upon
reasonable notice by paying a nominal fee, (ix) any exchange of property pursuant to or intended to qualify under Section 1031 (or any successor section) of the Code or comparable law or regulation, or any exchange of equipment to be
leased, rented or otherwise used in a Related Business, (x) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including without limitation any sale/leaseback
transaction or asset securitization, (xi) any disposition arising from foreclosure, condemnation, eminent domain or similar action with respect to any property or other assets, or exercise of termination rights under any lease, license,
concession or other agreement, or necessary or advisable (as determined by the Company in good faith) in order to consummate any acquisition of any Person, business or assets, or pursuant to buy/sell arrangements under any joint venture or similar
agreement or arrangement, or of non-core assets acquired in connection with any acquisition of any Person, business or assets, (xii) any disposition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of
an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary, (xiii) a disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from
whom 

  
 2 













 
such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), entered into in
connection with such acquisition, (xiv) a disposition of not more than 5.0% of the outstanding Capital Stock of a Foreign Subsidiary that has been approved by the Board of Directors, (xv) any disposition or series of related dispositions
for aggregate consideration not to exceed the greater of $85.0 million and 10.0% of LTM EBITDA, (xvi) the abandonment or other disposition of patents, trademarks or other intellectual property that are, in the reasonable judgment of the
Company, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the conduct of, or that is not material to, the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (xvii) any license, sublicense or other grant of rights in or to
any trademark, copyright, patent or other intellectual property, or (xviii) any Exempt Sale and Leaseback Transaction. 

“Authenticating Agent” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 714 to act on
behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes of one or more series. 
 “Available RP Capacity Amount” means (i) the
amount of Restricted Payments that may be made at the time of determination pursuant to Section 409(a)(3) and Section 409(b)(iii), (iv), (v) and (vi), minus (ii) the sum of the amount of the available RP Capacity Amount utilized
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to (A) make Restricted Payments in reliance on Section 409(a)(3) and Section 409(b)(iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) and (B) incur Indebtedness pursuant to Section 407(b)(xvi), plus
(iii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness prepaid prior to or substantially concurrently at such time, solely to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred pursuant to Section 407(b)(xvi) (it being understood that the amount
under this clause (iii) shall only be available for use pursuant to Section 407(b)(xvi)). 
 “Bank Products
Agreement” means any agreement pursuant to which a bank or other financial institution agrees to provide (a) treasury services, (b) credit card, merchant card, purchasing card or stored value card services (including, without
limitation, the processing of payments and other administrative services with respect thereto), (c) cash management services (including, without limitation, controlled disbursements, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, netting,
overdrafts, depository, lockbox, stop payment, electronic funds transfer, information reporting, wire transfer and interstate depository network services) and (d) other banking products or services as may be requested by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary (other than letters of credit and other than loans and advances, except indebtedness arising from services described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition). 

“Bank Products Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Bank Products Agreement. 

“Board of Directors” means, for any Person, the board of directors or other governing body of such Person or, if such Person
does not have such a board of directors or other governing body and is owned or managed by a single entity, the board of directors or other governing body of such entity or, in either case, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of
such board of directors or other governing body. Unless otherwise provided, “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company. 

  
 3 













 “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on
which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York, New York, United States (or any other city in which a paying agent maintains its office). When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any
covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall not be
reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be. 
 “Canadian Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company which is incorporated or otherwise organized under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof. 
 “Capital
Market Indebtedness” means any series of capital market Indebtedness with an aggregate principal amount outstanding in excess of the greater of $150.0 million and 17.5% of LTM EBITDA. 

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares or units of, rights to purchase, warrants or options for, or other
equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity. 

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease
(and, for the avoidance of doubt, not a straight-line or operating lease) for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the
time any determination thereof is to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be
terminated without penalty; provided that all obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are or would be characterized as an operating lease as determined in accordance with GAAP as in effect on January 1, 2015
(whether or not such operating lease was in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted for as an operating lease (and not as a Capitalized Lease Obligation) for purposes of this Indenture regardless of any change in GAAP following
January 1, 2015 (that would otherwise require such obligation to be recharacterized as a Capitalized Lease Obligation). 

“Captive Insurance Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or
any Subsidiary thereof). 
 “Cash Equivalents” means any of the following: (a) money, (b) securities issued or fully
guaranteed or insured by the United States of America, Canada or a member state of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality of any thereof, (c) time deposits, certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of (i) any bank
or other institutional lender under any Senior Credit Facility or any affiliate thereof or (ii) any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof as of the date of such
investment) and the commercial paper of the holding company rated at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof by
Moody’s (or, if at such time neither is issuing ratings, a comparable rating of another nationally recognized rating agency), (d) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in
clauses 

  
 4 













 
(b) and (c) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c)(i) or (c)(ii) above, (e) money market instruments, commercial paper or
other short-term obligations rated at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or, if at such time
neither is issuing ratings, a comparable rating of another nationally recognized rating agency), (f) investments in money market funds subject to the risk-limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 or any successor rule
of the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (g) investments similar to any of the foregoing denominated in foreign currencies approved by the Board of Directors, and (h) solely with respect to any Captive Insurance
Subsidiary, any investment that Person is permitted to make in accordance with applicable law. 
 “CD&R” means Clayton,
Dubilier & Rice, LLC and any successor in interest thereto, and any successor to its investment management business. 

“Change of Control” means: 

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more
Permitted Holders or a Parent, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more
than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; provided that (x) so long as the Company is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of more
than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company unless such “person” shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any
Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the “beneficial owner”; or 

(ii) the Company sells or transfers, in one or a series of related transactions, all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, another Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) and any “person” (as so defined in clause (i) above), other than one or more Permitted Holders or any Parent, is or becomes the
“beneficial owner” (as so defined in clause (i) above), directly or indirectly, of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the transferee Person in such sale or transfer of assets, as the case may be;
provided that (x) so long as such transferee Person is a Subsidiary of a parent Person, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock
of such transferee Person unless such “person” shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent Person and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted
Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the beneficial owner. 

For the purpose of this definition, so long as, at the time of any Minority Business Disposition or any Minority Business Offering, the
Minority Business Disposition Condition is met, the Minority Business Assets shall not be deemed at any time to constitute all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any sale or transfer of all or any
part of the Minority Business Assets (whether directly or indirectly, whether by sale or transfer 

  
 5 













 
of any such assets, or of any Capital Stock or other interest in any Person holding such assets, or by merger or consolidation, or any combination thereof, and whether in one or more
transactions, or otherwise, including any Minority Business Offering or any Minority Business Disposition) shall not be deemed at any time to constitute a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or any successor securities
clearing agency. 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. 

“Commodities Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any commodity futures contract, forward contract, option or similar
agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or beneficiary. 

“Company” means Univar Solutions Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto. 

“Consolidated Coverage Ratio” as of any date of determination means the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of
Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available, to (ii) Consolidated
Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; provided that: 
 (1) if, since the beginning of such period, the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness or the Company has issued any Designated Preferred Stock that remains outstanding on such date of determination or the Company has caused any Reserved Indebtedness Amount to be
deemed to be incurred during such period or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Designated Preferred Stock of the Company, Consolidated EBITDA and
Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness or Designated Preferred Stock as if such Indebtedness or Designated Preferred Stock had been Incurred or issued, as
applicable, on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation shall be computed based on (A) the average daily
balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (B) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such
Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation), 
 (2) if, since
the beginning of such period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged any Indebtedness or any Designated Preferred Stock of the Company that is no longer
outstanding on such date of determination (each, a “Discharge”) or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio involves a Discharge of Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness
Incurred under any revolving credit 

  
 6 













 
facility, unless such Indebtedness has been repaid with an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder) or a Discharge of Designated Preferred Stock of the Company, Consolidated
EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Discharge of such Indebtedness or Designated Preferred Stock, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness or new
Designated Preferred Stock of the Company, as if such Discharge had occurred on the first day of such period, 
 (3) if,
since the beginning of such period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have disposed of any company, any business or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business, including any such disposition occurring in connection
with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, or designated any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (any such disposition or designation, a “Sale”), the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be
reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets that are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such
period, and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to (A) the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed,
defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Sale for such period (including, but not limited to, through the assumption of such Indebtedness by
another Person) plus (B) if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is disposed of in such Sale or any Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period attributable to
the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such Sale, 

(4) if, since the beginning of such period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger, consolidation or otherwise)
shall have made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or otherwise acquired any company, any business or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business, including any such Investment or
acquisition occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, or designated any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (any such Investment, acquisition or designation, a “Purchase”),
Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any related Indebtedness) as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period, and

 (5) if, since the beginning of such period, any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or consolidated with
or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and since the beginning of such period such Person shall have Discharged any Indebtedness or made any Sale or Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2), (3) or
(4) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such
Discharge, Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period; 

  
 7 













 provided that (in the event that the Company shall classify Indebtedness Incurred on the date of
determination as Incurred in part under Section 407(a) and in part under Section 407(b), as provided in Section 407(c)(iii)) any such pro forma calculation of Consolidated
Interest Expense shall not give effect to any such Incurrence of Indebtedness on the date of determination pursuant to Section 407(b) (other than, if the Company at its option has elected to disregard Indebtedness being
Incurred on the date of determination in part pursuant to Section 407(a) for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio for Incurring Indebtedness on the date of determination in part pursuant to
Section 407(b)(x), Section 407(b)(x)) or to any Discharge of Indebtedness from the proceeds of any such Incurrence pursuant to Section 407(b) (other than
Section 407(b)(x), if the Incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 407(b)(x) is being given effect to in the calculation of the Consolidated Coverage Ratio). 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income
or earnings relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred, Designated Preferred Stock issued, or Indebtedness or Designated Preferred Stock repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or
otherwise acquired, retired or discharged in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including without limitation in respect of anticipated cost savings or synergies relating to any such Sale, Purchase or other
transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by the Chief Financial Officer or an authorized Officer of the Company; provided that with respect to cost savings or synergies relating to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, the related
actions are expected by the Company to be taken no later than 18 months after the date of determination. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be
calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness). If any Indebtedness bears, at the option of the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, a rate of interest based on a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate or other fixed or floating rate, and such Indebtedness is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such
Indebtedness shall be calculated by applying such optional rate as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may designate. If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect was Incurred under a revolving credit facility, the interest expense
on such Indebtedness shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate determined in good faith by a
responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, the Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus (x) the following to the
extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, without duplication: (i) provision for all taxes (whether or not paid, estimated or accrued) based on income, profits, revenue or capital, including federal, foreign, state,
provincial, territorial, local, unitary, excise, property, franchise, value added and similar taxes (such as Delaware franchise tax, Pennsylvania capital tax, and provincial capital taxes paid in Canada) and withholding taxes (including any future
taxes or other levies which replace or are intended to be 

  
 8 













 
in lieu of such taxes and any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations) and similar taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period (including in
respect of repatriated funds), any distributions made to a Parent with respect to the foregoing and the net tax expense associated with any adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Consolidated Net Income” in each case, to the
extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense, all items excluded from the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense pursuant to clause (iii) thereof (other than Special
Purpose Financing Expense), any Special Purpose Financing Fees, and to the extent not reflected in Consolidated Interest Expense, costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, (iii) depreciation, (iv) amortization (including
but not limited to amortization of goodwill and intangibles and amortization and write-off of financing costs), (v) any non-cash charges, write-downs, expenses, losses
or items (provided that if any such non-cash charge, write-down, expense, loss or item represents an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the Company may elect not to add
back such non-cash charge, expense or loss in the current period) or other items classified by the Company as special items less other non-cash items of income
increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period or such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents a receipt of cash in any future
period), (vi) any expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Payment, Investment or Indebtedness permitted by this Indenture (whether or not consummated or incurred, and including any offering or sale of Capital Stock to the
extent the proceeds thereof were intended to be contributed to the equity capital of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries), (vii) the amount of any loss attributable to any minority or non-controlling
interests, (viii) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid in connection with any early extinguishment of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments, (ix) any management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees
and related expenses permitted to be paid in accordance with Section 412, (x) interest and investment income, (xi) the amount of loss on any Financing Disposition, and (xii) any costs or expenses pursuant to any management or
employee stock option or other equity-related plan, program or arrangement, or other benefit plan, program or arrangement, or any equity subscription or equityholder agreement, to the extent funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of
the Company or an issuance of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) and excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 409(a)(3), (xiii) all cash dividends or other distributions paid
(excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary during such period, (xiv) with respect to any joint venture, an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in
clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) above relating to such joint venture corresponding to the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint
venture were a Restricted Subsidiary) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income and (xv) adjustments of the nature or type used in connection with the calculation of “Further Adjusted
EBITDA” as set forth in footnote (2) of “Summary—Summary Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” contained in the offering memorandum relating to the Notes and other adjustments of a similar nature to
the foregoing and any due diligence quality of earnings report from time to time prepared with respect to the target of an acquisition or Investment by a nationally recognized accounting firm plus (y) the amount of net cost savings, operating
expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and synergies projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as the result of actions taken or to be taken on or prior to the date that is 18 months after the Issue Date, or 18
months after the 

  
 9 













 
consummation of any operational change, respectively (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, reductions, improvements, initiatives and synergies had been realized on the
first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the proviso to the definition of “Consolidated
Coverage Ratio,” “Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio” or “Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio”). 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, (i) the total interest expense of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any interest income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including without limitation, any such interest expense consisting of (A) interest expense
attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any lease, rental, or other expense in connection with a lease that is not a Capitalized Lease Obligation), (B) amortization of debt discount, (C) interest in
respect of Indebtedness of any other Person that has been Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, but only to the extent that such interest is actually paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,
(D) non-cash interest expense, (E) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, and (F) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and
bankers’ acceptance financing, plus (ii) Preferred Stock dividends paid in cash in respect of Disqualified Stock of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or in respect of Designated Preferred Stock
of the Company pursuant to Section 409(b)(xi)(A), minus (iii) to the extent otherwise included in such interest expense referred to in clause (i) above, Special Purpose Financing Expense, accretion or accrual of
discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, expense resulting from discounting of Indebtedness in conjunction with recapitalization or purchase accounting, and any “additional interest” in respect of registration rights
arrangements for any securities, amortization or write-off of financing costs, and any expensing of bridge, commitment or other financing fees, in each case under clauses (i) through (iii) above as
determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that gross interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to
Interest Rate Agreements. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends; provided that, without duplication, there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net
Income: 
 (i) any net income (loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary and (solely for purposes of determining the amount
available for Restricted Payments under Section 409(a)(3)(A), any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, except that (A) the Company’s or any Restricted
Subsidiary’s net income of any such Person for such period shall be increased by the aggregate amount actually dividended or distributed or that (as determined by the Company in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive) could have
been dividended or distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations
contained in clause (ii) below), to the extent not already included therein, and (B) the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s equity in the net loss of such Person shall be included to the extent of the aggregate Investment
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person, 

  
 10 













 (ii) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted
Payments under Section 409(a)(3)(A), any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of
dividends or the making of similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order,
statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than (x) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (y) restrictions pursuant to the Notes or this Indenture, and
(z) restrictions in effect on the Issue Date with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and other restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary that taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Noteholders than such
restrictions in effect on the Issue Date as determined by the Company in good faith), except that (A) the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net
Income up to the aggregate amount of any dividend or distribution that was or that (as determined by the Company in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive) could have been made by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the
Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (subject, in the case of a dividend that could have been made to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause (ii)) and (B) the net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary shall
be included to the extent of the aggregate Investment of the Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries in such Restricted Subsidiary, 

(iii) (x) any gain or loss realized upon the sale, abandonment or other disposition of any asset of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not sold, abandoned or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) and (y) any gain or
loss realized upon the disposal, abandonment or discontinuation of operations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, 

(iv) any extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge (including fees, expenses and charges (or any amortization
thereof) associated with the Transactions or any acquisition, merger or consolidation, whether or not completed, after the Issue Date or any accounting change), any severance, relocation, consolidation, closing, integration, facilities opening,
business optimization, transition or restructuring costs, charges or expenses, any signing, retention or completion bonuses, and any costs associated with curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, 

(v) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles, 

(vi) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness or
Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments, 

  
 11 













 (vii) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Hedge Agreements, 

(viii) any unrealized foreign currency translation gains or losses, including in respect of Indebtedness of any Person
denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person, 
 (ix) any
non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant of limited liability company interests, stock, stock options or other equity-based awards, 

(x) to the extent otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income, any unrealized foreign currency translation gains or losses,
including in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, 

(xi) any non-cash charge, expense or other impact attributable to application of the
purchase or recapitalization method of accounting (including the total amount of depreciation and amortization, cost of sales or other non-cash expense resulting from the
write-up of assets to the extent resulting from such purchase or recapitalization accounting adjustments), non-cash charges for deferred tax valuation allowances and non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by the applicable standard under GAAP, 

(xii) expenses related to the conversion of various employee benefit programs in connection with the IPO and non-cash compensation-related expenses, and 
 (xiii) to the extent covered by insurance
and actually reimbursed (or the Company has determined that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will be reimbursed by the insurer and such amount is not denied by the applicable insurer in writing within 180 days and is reimbursed
within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction in any future calculation of Consolidated Net Income for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365-day period)),
any expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption; 
 provided, further, that the exclusion of any item
pursuant to the foregoing clauses (i) through (xiii) shall also exclude the tax impact of any such item, if applicable. 
 In the case
of any unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge not included in Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (iv) above in any determination thereof, the Company will deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee promptly after the
date on which Consolidated Net Income is so determined, setting forth the nature and amount of such unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 409(a)(3)(A) only,
there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income, without duplication, any income consisting of dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and
any income consisting of return of capital, repayment or other proceeds from dispositions or repayments of Investments consisting of Restricted Payments, in each case to the extent such income would be included in Consolidated Net Income and such
related dividends, repayments, transfers, return of capital or other proceeds are applied by the Company to increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 409(a)(3)(C) or
Section 409(a)(3)(D). 

  
 12 













 “Consolidated Secured Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination,
(i) an amount equal to the sum of, without duplication, Consolidated Total Indebtedness (without regard to clause (ii) of the definition thereof) and any Ratio Tested Committed Amount as of such date that, in each case, is either
(x) then secured by Liens on property or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than property or assets held in a defeasance or similar trust or arrangement for the benefit of the Indebtedness secured thereby) or
(y) Incurred (or, in the case of any Ratio Tested Committed Amount, established) pursuant to Section 407(b)(i)(II), minus (ii) the sum of (A) the amount of such Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness
of a type referred to in, or Incurred pursuant to, Section 407(b)(ix), (B) cash, Cash Equivalents and Temporary Cash Investments held by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent four
consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available and (C) if included in clause (i) above, any undrawn Reserved Indebtedness
Amount. 
 “Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (i) the
sum of (x) Consolidated Secured Indebtedness as at such date (after giving effect to any Incurrence or Discharge of Indebtedness on such date) and (y) the drawn Reserved Indebtedness Amount then secured by Liens on property or assets of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than property or assets held in a defeasance or similar trust or arrangement for the benefit of the Indebtedness secured thereby) to (ii) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for
the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available, provided that: 

(1) if, since the beginning of such period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made a Sale (including any Sale
occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder), the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets that are the
subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period; 

(2) if, since the beginning of such period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger, consolidation or otherwise)
shall have made a Purchase (including any Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder), Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such
Purchase occurred on the first day of such period; and 
 (3) if, since the beginning of such period, any Person became a
Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and since the beginning of such period such Person shall have made any Sale or Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to
clause (1) or (2) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on
the first day of such period; 

  
 13 













 provided that, in the event that the Company shall classify Indebtedness Incurred on the date of
determination as Incurred in part pursuant to Section 407(b)(i)(II) and, that is secured by Liens on property or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in part pursuant to one or more other clauses or
subclauses of Section 407(b) and/or pursuant to Section 407(a) (as provided in Section 407(c)(ii) and Section 407(c)(iii)), Consolidated Secured
Indebtedness shall not include any such Indebtedness (and shall not give effect to any Discharge of Consolidated Secured Indebtedness from the proceeds thereof) to the extent Incurred pursuant to any such other clause or subclause of such
Section 407(b) and/or pursuant to such Section 407(a). 
 For purposes of this
definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including, without limitation, in respect of
anticipated cost savings or synergies relating to any such Sale, Purchase or other transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by the Chief Financial Officer or another authorized Officer of the Company; provided that with respect to
cost savings or synergies relating to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, the related actions are expected by the Company to be taken no later than 18 months after the date of determination. 

“Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the total assets, in each case reflected on the
consolidated balance sheet of the Company as at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which a balance sheet is available, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (and, in the case of any
determination relating to any Incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens or any Investment, on a pro forma basis including any property or assets being acquired in connection therewith). 

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (i) the aggregate principal
amount of outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date consisting of (without duplication) Indebtedness for borrowed money (including Purchase Money Obligations and unreimbursed outstanding drawn amounts in
respect of funded letters of credit); Capitalized Lease Obligations; debt obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments (but excluding surety bonds, performance bonds or other similar instruments); Disqualified Stock; and
(in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor) Preferred Stock, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding items eliminated in Consolidation, and for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Hedging
Obligations) minus (ii) the sum of (A) the amount of such Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness of a type referred to in, or Incurred pursuant to, Section 407(b)(ix),(B) cash, Cash Equivalents and Temporary Cash
Investments held by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the
Company are available and (C) any undrawn Reserved Indebtedness. 

  
 14 













 “Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination,
the ratio of (i) the sum of (x) Consolidated Total Indebtedness as at such date (after giving effect to any Incurrence or Discharge of Indebtedness on such date) and (y) without duplication, the drawn Reserved Indebtedness to
(ii) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Company
are available, provided that: 
 (1) if, since the beginning of such period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
shall have made a Sale (including any Sale occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder), the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive)
attributable to the assets that are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period; 

(2) if, since the beginning of such period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger, consolidation or otherwise)
shall have made a Purchase (including any Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder), Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such
Purchase occurred on the first day of such period; and 
 (3) if, since the beginning of such period, any Person became a
Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and since the beginning of such period such Person shall have made any Sale or Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to
clause (1) or (2) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on
the first day of such period; 
 provided that, for purposes of the foregoing calculation, in the event that the Company shall classify Indebtedness
Incurred on the date of determination as Incurred in part pursuant to Section 407(b)(x) (other than by reason of subclause (2) of the proviso to such Section 407(b)(x)) and in part pursuant to
one or more other clauses of such Section 407(b) and/or (unless the Company at its option has elected to disregard Indebtedness being Incurred on the date of determination in part pursuant to subclause (2) of the
proviso to Section 407(b)(x) for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for Incurring Indebtedness on the date of determination in part under Section 407(a)) pursuant to
Section 407(a) (as provided in Section 407(c)(ii) and (iii)), Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall not include any such Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to one or more such other clauses of
such Section 407(b) and/or pursuant to such Section 407(a), and shall not give effect to any Discharge of any Indebtedness from the proceeds of any such Indebtedness being disregarded for purposes
of the calculation of the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio that otherwise would be included in Consolidated Total Indebtedness. 
 For
purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including, without limitation, in
respect of anticipated cost savings or synergies relating to any such Sale, Purchase or other transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by the Chief Financial Officer or another authorized Officer of the Company; provided that with
respect to cost savings or synergies relating to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, the related actions are expected by the Company to be taken no later than 18 months after the date of determination. 

  
 15 













 “Consolidation” means the consolidation of the accounts of each of the
Restricted Subsidiaries with those of the Company in accordance with GAAP; provided that “Consolidation” will not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an investment. The term “Consolidated” has a correlative meaning. 

“Contribution Amounts” means the aggregate amount of capital contributions applied by the Company to permit the Incurrence of
Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to Section 407(b)(xi). 
 “Contribution Indebtedness” means
Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions, the proceeds from the issuance of Disqualified Stock or
contributions by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) made to the capital of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date (whether through the issuance or sale of Capital Stock or otherwise); provided that such
Contribution Indebtedness (a) is Incurred within 180 days after the receipt of the related cash contribution and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on or promptly following the date
of Incurrence thereof. 
 “Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its
corporate trust business related to this Indenture shall be administered, which office on the Issue Date is located at 190 South LaSalle Street, 10th floor, Chicago IL, 60603. 

“Credit Facilities” means one or more of (i) the Senior Term Facility, (ii) the Senior ABL Facility, (iii) the
European ABL Facility, and (iv) any other facilities or arrangements designated by the Company, in each case with one or more banks or other lenders or institutions providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables, inventory or
real estate financings (including without limitation through the sale of receivables, inventory, real estate and/or other assets to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables,
inventory, real estate and/or other assets or the creation of any Liens in respect of such receivables, inventory, real estate and/or other assets in favor of such institutions), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, including all
agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, including but not limited to any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement,
patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise
modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original banks, lenders or institutions or other banks, lenders or
institutions or otherwise, and whether provided under any original Credit Facility or one or more other credit agreements, indentures, financing agreements or other Credit Facilities or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of


  
 16 













 
the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding
Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof. 

“Credit Facility Indebtedness” means any and all amounts, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred,
payable under or in respect of any Credit Facility, including without limitation principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees, other monetary obligations of any nature and all other amounts payable
thereunder or in respect thereof. 
 “Currency Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract,
currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangements (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary. 

“CVC” means CVC Capital Partners Limited. 

“Default” means any event or condition that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 “Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and successors. 

“Derivative Instrument” with respect to a Person, means any contract, instrument or other right to receive payment or
delivery of cash or other assets to which such Person or any Affiliate of such Person that is acting in concert with such Person in connection with such Person’s investment in the Notes (other than a Screened Affiliate) is a party (whether or
not requiring further performance by such Person), the value and/or cash flows of which (or any material portion thereof) are materially affected by the value and/or performance of the Notes and/or the creditworthiness of the Issuer and/or any one
or more of the Guarantors (the “Performance References”). 
 “Designated Noncash Consideration” means
noncash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis
of such valuation. 
 “Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or
any Parent that is issued after the Issue Date for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company; provided that the amount of cash
proceeds of such issuance shall be excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 409(a)(3)(B). 

“Designated Senior Indebtedness” means with respect to a Person (i) the Credit Facility Indebtedness under or in respect
of any Senior Credit Facility and (ii) any other Senior Indebtedness of such Person that, at the date of determination, has an aggregate principal amount equal to or under which, at the date of determination, the holders thereof are committed
to lend up to, at least $25.0 million and is specifically designated by such Person in an agreement or instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Indebtedness as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of this
Indenture. 

  
 17 













 “Disinterested Directors” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction,
one or more members of the Board of Directors of the Company, or one or more members of the Board of Directors of a Parent, having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of any
such Board of Directors shall not be deemed to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock or by reason
of such member receiving any compensation from the Company or any Parent, as applicable, on whose board of directors such member serves in such member’s role as director. 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock (other than Management Stock) that by its terms (or
by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable or exercisable) or upon the happening of any event (other than following the occurrence of a Change of Control or other similar event described under such
terms as a “change of control,” or an Asset Disposition or other disposition) (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock or (iii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than following the occurrence of a Change of Control or other similar event described under such terms as a “change of control,” or an Asset
Disposition or other disposition), in whole or in part, in each case on or prior to the final Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided that Capital Stock issued to any employee benefit plan, or by any such plan to any employees of the Company
or any Subsidiary, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased or otherwise acquired or retired in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than a Foreign Subsidiary. 

“Equity Offering” means a sale of Capital Stock (x) that is a sale of Capital Stock of the Company (other than
Disqualified Stock or sales to Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company) or (y) proceeds of which in an amount equal to or exceeding the Redemption Amount are contributed to the equity capital of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(other than proceeds from a sale to Restricted Subsidiaries of Capital Stock of the Company). 
 “Euroclear” means
Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, or any successor securities clearing agency. 
 “European ABL
Agreement” means the European ABL Facility Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2014, among Univar B.V., the other Subsidiaries of the Company borrowers from time to time party thereto from time to time, the Company, as guarantor, J.P.
Morgan Europe Limited, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and certain other parties thereto from time to time; as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced,
restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original administrative agent and lenders or other agents and 

  
 18 













 
lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original European ABL Agreement or other credit agreements or otherwise, except to the extent that such agreement, instrument or document
expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not a European ABL Agreement). Any reference to the European ABL Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to each European ABL Agreement then in existence. 

“European ABL Facility” means the collective reference to the European ABL Agreement, any Credit Documents (as defined
therein), any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages, letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security
agreements and collateral documents, and other instruments and documents, executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to
time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided
under the original European ABL Agreement or one or more other credit agreements, indentures (including this Indenture) or financing agreements or otherwise), except to the extent that such agreement, instrument or document expressly provides that
it is not intended to be and is not a European ABL Facility. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “European ABL Facility” shall include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred
thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or
(iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended from time to time. 
 “Excluded Contribution” means Net Cash Proceeds, or the Fair Market Value of property or
assets, received by the Company as capital contributions to the Company after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, in each case to the
extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company and not previously included in the calculation set forth in Section 409(a)(3)(B)(x) for purposes of determining whether
a Restricted Payment may be made. 
 “Exempt Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any Sale and Leaseback Transaction
(a) in which the sale or transfer of property occurs within 180 days of the acquisition of such property by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) that involves property with a book value of $100.0 million or less and is not
part of a series of related Sale and Leaseback Transactions involving property with an aggregate value in excess of such amount and entered into with a single Person or group of Persons. For purposes of the foregoing, “Sale and Leaseback
Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of real or personal property that has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or any such Subsidiary to such
Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property or rental obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary. 

  
 19 













 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the fair
market value of such asset or property as determined in good faith by senior management of the Company or the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive. 

“Financing Disposition” means any sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of, or creation or incurrence of any Lien
on, property or assets (a) by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof to or in favor of any Special Purpose Entity, or by any Special Purpose Subsidiary, in each case in connection with the Incurrence by a Special Purpose Entity of Indebtedness,
or obligations to make payments to the obligor on Indebtedness, which may be secured by a Lien in respect of such property or assets or (b) by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof to or in favor of any Special Purpose Entity that is not a
Special Purpose Subsidiary. 
 “Fixed GAAP Date” means July 1, 2015; provided that at any time after the Issue
Date, the Company may by written notice to the Trustee elect to change the Fixed GAAP Date to be the date specified in such notice, and upon such notice, the Fixed GAAP Date shall be such date for all periods beginning on and after the date
specified in such notice. 
 “Fixed GAAP Terms” means (a) the definitions of the terms “Capitalized Lease
Obligation,” “Consolidated Coverage Ratio,” “Consolidated EBITDA,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Consolidated Secured Indebtedness,” “Consolidated Secured
Leverage Ratio,” “Consolidated Total Assets,” “Foreign Borrowing Base,” “Foreign Segment Consolidated Total Assets,” “Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio,” “Consolidation,” “Inventory,”
“LTM EBITDA,” “North American Borrowing Base” or “Receivables,” (b) all defined terms in this Indenture to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any
of the foregoing definitions, and (c) any other term or provision of this Indenture or the Notes that, at the Company’s election, may be specified by the Company by written notice to the Trustee from time to time. 

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating
Organization. 
 “Foreign Borrowing Base” means the sum of (1) 85% of the book value of Inventory of Foreign Subsidiaries
(other than Canadian Subsidiaries), (2) 85% of the book value of Receivables of Foreign Subsidiaries (other than Canadian Subsidiaries) and (3) cash, Cash Equivalents and Temporary Cash Investments of Foreign Subsidiaries (other than Canadian
Subsidiaries) (in each case, determined as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal month of the Company for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Company are available, and, in the case of any determination relating to any
Incurrence of Indebtedness, on a pro forma basis including (x) any property or assets of a type described above acquired since the end of such fiscal month and (y) any property or assets of a type described above being acquired in
connection therewith. 
 “Foreign LTM EBITDA” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the Foreign Segment LTM
EBITDA of each Foreign Subsidiary Reporting Segment. 

  
 20 













 “Foreign Segment LTM EBITDA” means with respect to each Foreign
Subsidiary Reporting Segment, as of any date of determination, LTM EBITDA, in each case of such Foreign Subsidiary Reporting Segment as at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company, determined by consolidating the accounts of
each of the Subsidiaries within such Foreign Subsidiary Reporting Segment in accordance with GAAP (and, in the case of any determination relating to any Incurrence of Indebtedness or any Investment, on a pro forma basis including any property or
assets being acquired in connection therewith). 
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company (a) that
is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and any Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Subsidiary of the Company which is organized
and existing under the laws of Puerto Rico or any other territory of the United States of America), or (b) that has no material assets other than securities or indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries (or Subsidiaries thereof),
intellectual property relating to such Foreign Subsidiaries (or Subsidiaries thereof), and/or other assets (including cash, Cash Equivalents and Temporary Cash Investments) relating to an ownership interest in any such securities, indebtedness,
intellectual property or Subsidiaries. 
 “Foreign Subsidiary Reporting Segment” means a group of Foreign Subsidiaries of
the Company which the Company treats as an operating segment in connection with its internal financial reporting. 
 “GAAP”
means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Fixed GAAP Date (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Indenture), including those
set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by
such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time; provided that all terms of an accounting or financial nature used in this Indenture shall be construed, and all
computations of amounts and ratios referred to in this Indenture shall be made without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 825—Financial Instruments, or any successor thereto or comparable accounting
principle (including pursuant to the Accounting Standards Codification), to value any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary at “fair value,” as defined therein and the amount of any Indebtedness under GAAP with respect to
Capitalized Lease Obligations shall be determined in accordance with the definition of Capitalized Lease Obligation. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such
election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture); provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided, further, any calculation or
determination in this Indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Company’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The
Company shall give notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee. For the avoidance of doubt, solely making an election (without any other action) referred to in this definition will not be treated as an
incurrence of Indebtedness. 

  
 21 













 If there occurs a change in IFRS or GAAP, as the case may be, following the Fixed GAAP Date
and such change would cause a change in the method of calculation of any standards, terms or measures (including all computations of amounts and ratios) used in this Indenture (an “Accounting Change”), then the Company may elect that such
standards, terms or measures shall be calculated as if such Accounting Change had or had not occurred. 
 “Governmental
Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity
exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supranational bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank). 

“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness
or other obligation of any other Person; provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a
corresponding meaning. 
 “Guarantor Subordinated Obligations” means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, any
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Guarantee pursuant to a written
agreement. 
 “Guarantor Supplemental Indenture” means a Supplemental Indenture, to be entered into substantially in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit E. 
 “Guarantors” means the Company together with the Subsidiary
Guarantors from time to time party to this Indenture. 
 “Hedge Agreements” means, collectively, Interest Rate Agreements,
Currency Agreements and Commodities Agreements. 
 “Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person
pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodities Agreement. 
 “Holder” or
“Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register. 
 “IFRS” means
International Financial Reporting Standards and applicable accounting requirements set by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto (or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Accounting Principles Board of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or any successor to either such board, or the SEC, as the case may be), as in effect from time to time. 

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that (i) has not
guaranteed any other Indebtedness of the Company, (ii) (x) contributed 5.00% or less of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated
financial statements of the Company are available, and (y) had consolidated assets representing 5.00% or less of Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of the most recently ended financial 

  
 22 













 
period for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available; and (iii) together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries designated pursuant to the preceding clause (ii),
(x) contributed 10.00% or less of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available, and
(y) had consolidated assets representing 10.00% or less of Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of the most recently ended financial period for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available. 

“Incur” means issue, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur or otherwise become liable for; and the terms
“Incurs,” “Incurred” and “Incurrence” shall have a correlative meaning; provided that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary
(whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the payment of interest in the form of
additional Indebtedness, and the payment of dividends on Capital Stock constituting Indebtedness in the form of additional shares of the same class of Capital Stock, will be deemed not to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness. Any Indebtedness issued at
a discount (including Indebtedness on which interest is payable through the issuance of additional Indebtedness) shall be deemed Incurred at the time of original issuance of the Indebtedness at the initial accreted amount thereof. 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication): 

(i) the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; 

(ii) the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; 

(iii) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar
instruments (the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that
have not then been reimbursed) (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to Trade Payables and such obligations are expected to be satisfied within 30 days of becoming due and payable); 

(iv) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except Trade Payables), which
purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in final service or taking final delivery and title thereto; 

(v) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; 

(vi) the redemption, repayment or other repurchase amount of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock of such Person
or (if such Person is a Subsidiary of the Company other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) any Preferred Stock of such Subsidiary, but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends (the amount of such obligation to be equal at any time to the maximum
fixed involuntary redemption, repayment or repurchase price for such Capital Stock, or if less (or if such Capital Stock has no such fixed price), to the 

  
 23 













 
involuntary redemption, repayment or repurchase price therefor calculated in accordance with the terms thereof as if then redeemed, repaid or repurchased, and if such price is based upon or
measured by the fair market value of such Capital Stock, such fair market value shall be as determined in good faith by senior management of the Company, the Board of Directors of the Company or the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Capital
Stock); 
 (vii) all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such
Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the
Company) and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons; 
 (viii) all Guarantees by such Person of
Indebtedness of other Persons, to the extent so Guaranteed by such Person; and 
 (ix) to the extent not otherwise included
in this definition, net Hedging Obligations of such Person (the amount of any such obligation to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation that would be payable by such
Person at such time). 
 provided that, Indebtedness shall not include (t) any obligations attributable to the exercise
of dissenters’ or appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect thereto, (u) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing to any
government or other taxing authority, (v) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller, (w) obligations, to
the extent such obligations constitute Indebtedness, under any agreement that has been defeased or satisfied and discharged pursuant to the terms of such agreement, (x) in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the
closing (so long as (i) at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and (ii) to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid in a timely manner),
(y) for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations or liabilities which would be required to be classified and accounted for as an operating lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP as of December 15, 2018 or
(z) any joint and several or any netting or set-off arrangement arising in each case by operation of law as a result of the existence or establishment of a fiscal unity for corporate income tax,
trade tax or value added tax purposes or similar purposes or any analogous arrangement. 
 The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any
date shall be determined as set forth above or as otherwise provided for in this Indenture, or otherwise shall equal the amount thereof that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared in
accordance with GAAP. 
 “Initial Additional Notes” means Additional Notes issued in an offering not registered under the
Securities Act (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306, Section 312(d), Section 312(e) or 1008). 

  
 24 













 “Initial Notes” means the 5.125% Senior Notes due 2027 of the initial
Issuer issued on the Issue Date pursuant to the first Notes Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 22, 2019 (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306,
Section 312(d), Section 312(e) or 1008). 
 “initial Issuer”
means Univar Solutions USA Inc., a Washington corporation, and any successor in interest thereto. 
 “interest,” with
respect to the Notes, means interest on the Notes and, except for purposes of Article IX, additional or special interest pursuant to the terms of any Note. 

“Interest Payment Date” means, when used with respect to any Note and any installment of interest thereon, the date specified
in such Note as the fixed date on which such installment of interest is due and payable, as set forth in such Note. 
 “Interest
Rate Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, future agreement, option agreement, swap agreement, cap agreement, collar agreement, hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement
(including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary. 
 “Inventory”
means goods held for sale, lease or use by a Person in the ordinary course of business, net of any reserve for goods that have been segregated by such Person to be returned to the applicable vendor for credit, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 “Investment” in any Person by any other Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit
(other than to customers, dealers, licensees, franchisees, suppliers, consultants, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to
others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others) to, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person. For purposes of the definition of
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 409 only, (i) “Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the
net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue
to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion
(proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, and (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary
shall be valued at its fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) at the time of such transfer and (iii) for purposes of Section 409(a)(3)(C), the amount resulting from the redesignation of any
Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall be the Fair Market Value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation. Guarantees shall not be deemed to be Investments. The amount of any Investment
outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced (at the Company’s option) by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount or value received in respect of such
Investment; 

  
 25 













 
provided that to the extent that the amount of Restricted Payments outstanding at any time pursuant to Section 409(a) is so reduced by any portion of any such
amount or value that would otherwise be included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income, such portion of such amount or value shall not be so included for purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to
Section 409(a). 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the
equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or any equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 

“Investment Grade Securities” means (i) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United
States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); (ii) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among
the Company and its Subsidiaries; (iii) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, which fund may also hold cash pending investment or distribution; and
(iv) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high-quality investments. 

“IPO” means the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock which closed on June 23, 2015. 

“Issue Date” means the first date on which Initial Notes are issued. 

“Issuer” means, with respect to the Initial Notes so long as such notes remain outstanding, the initial Issuer and, with
respect to any outstanding series of Additional Notes, the “Issuer” as such term is defined in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing such series of Notes. 

“Issuer Request” and “Issuer Order” mean, respectively, a written request, order or consent signed in the
name of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer. 
 “Junior Capital” means, collectively, any Indebtedness of any Parent or
the Company that (i) is not secured by any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) has a final maturity date that is not earlier than, and provides for no scheduled payments of principal prior to, the date that is 91 days
after the maturity of the Notes (other than through conversion or exchange of any such Indebtedness for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, Capital Stock of any Parent or any other Junior Capital), (iii) has no mandatory
redemption or prepayment obligations other than obligations that are subject to the prior payment in full in cash of the Notes and (iv) does not require the payment of cash interest until the date that is 91 days after the maturity of the
Notes. 
 “Liabilities” means, collectively, any and all claims, obligations, liabilities, causes of action, actions,
suits, proceedings, investigations, judgments, decrees, losses, damages, fees, costs and expenses (including without limitation interest, penalties and fees and disbursements of attorneys, accountants, investment bankers and other professional
advisors), in each case whether incurred, arising or existing with respect to third parties or otherwise at any time or from time to time. 

  
 26 













 “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or
charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof). 
 “Long
Derivative Instrument” means a Derivative Instrument (i) the value of which generally increases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which generally decrease, with positive changes to the Performance References and/or
(ii) the value of which generally decreases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which generally increase, with negative changes to the Performance References. 

“LTM EBITDA” means Consolidated EBITDA of the Company measured for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal
quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements are available (which may be internal financial statements), in each case with such pro forma adjustments giving effect to such Indebtedness,
acquisition or Investment, as applicable, since the start of such four quarter period and as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Coverage Ratio.” 

“Limited Condition Acquisition” means (x) any acquisition, including by way of merger, amalgamation,
consolidation or other business combination or the acquisition of Capital Stock or otherwise, or Investment by one or more of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any assets, business or Person or any other Investment permitted by this
Indenture, in each case, whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing or (y) any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock requiring notice in advance of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment. 

“Management Advances” means (1) loans or advances made to directors, management members, officers, employees or
consultants of any Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (x) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving-related expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business, (y) in respect of moving-related expenses incurred in
connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or (z) in the ordinary course of business and (in the case of this clause (z)) not exceeding the greater of $70.0 million and 8.0% of LTM EBITDA in the aggregate outstanding at
any time, (2) promissory notes of Management Investors acquired in connection with the issuance of Management Stock to such Management Investors, (3) Management Guarantees, or (4) other Guarantees of borrowings by Management Investors
in connection with the purchase of Management Stock, which Guarantees are permitted under Section 407. 

“Management Agreements” means, collectively, (i) the Indemnification Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010,
among the Company, Univar USA Inc., CD&R and certain of its Affiliates, (ii) the Indemnification Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, among the Company, Univar USA Inc. and certain Affiliates of CVC, (iii) the Fourth Amended
and Restated Stockholders Agreement, among the Company, CD&R, certain Affiliates of CD&R and CVC, and certain other parties thereto, dated as of June 23, 2015 and (iv) any other agreement primarily providing for indemnification
and/or contribution for the benefit of any Permitted Holder in respect of Liabilities resulting from, arising out of or in connection with, based upon or relating 

  
 27 













 
to (a) any management consulting, financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or other investment banking activities, (b) any offering of securities or other
financing activity or arrangement of or by any Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or (c) any action or failure to act of or by any Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (or any of their respective predecessors); in each case as the same may be
amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and of this Indenture. 

“Management Guarantees” means guarantees (x) of up to an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time of
$30.0 million of borrowings by Management Investors in connection with their purchase of Management Stock or (y) made on behalf of, or in respect of loans or advances made to, directors, officers, employees or consultants of any Parent,
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (1) in respect of travel, entertainment and moving related expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business or (2) in the ordinary course of business and (in the case of this clause (2)) not
exceeding $15.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time. 
 “Management Indebtedness” means Indebtedness
Incurred to (a) any Person other than a Management Investor of up to an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time of $15.0 million and (b) any Management Investor, in each case, to finance the repurchase or other acquisition
of Capital Stock of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) from any Management Investor, which repurchase or other acquisition of Capital Stock is permitted by
Section 409. 
 “Management Investors” means the management members, officers, directors,
employees and other members of the management of any Parent, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or family members or relatives of any of the foregoing (provided that, solely for purposes of the definition of “Permitted
Holders,” such relatives shall include only those Persons who are or become Management Investors in connection with estate planning for or inheritance from other Management Investors, as determined in good faith by the Company, which
determination shall be conclusive), or trusts, partnerships or limited liability companies for the benefit of any of the foregoing, or any of their heirs, executors, successors and legal representatives, who at any date beneficially own or have the
right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent. 
 “Management
Stock” means Capital Stock of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) held by any of the Management Investors. 

“Market Capitalization” means an amount equal to (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of capital stock
of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company on the date of declaration of the relevant dividend or making of any other Restricted Payment, as applicable, multiplied by (ii) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of such
capital stock on the New York Stock Exchange (or, if the primary listing of such capital stock is on another exchange, on such other exchange) for the 30 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of declaration of such dividend. 

  
 28 













 “Minority Business” means any business unit of the Company that represents
less than 50.0% of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for and as of the end of the last four fiscal quarters of the Company for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to
Section 405. 
 “Minority Business Assets” means the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
including Capital Stock of Subsidiaries, that relate to or form part of a Minority Business. 
 “Minority Business
Disposition” means (i) any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Minority Business Subsidiary (whether by issuance or sale of Capital Stock, merger, or otherwise) to one or more Persons (other than the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary) in any transaction or series of related transactions following the consummation of which such Minority Business Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (excluding any Minority Business Offering) or
(ii) any sale or other disposition of any assets of any Minority Business Subsidiary or other Minority Business Assets, including all or substantially all of the assets of any Minority Business Subsidiary, to one or more Persons (other than the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) in any transaction or series of related transactions. 
 “Minority Business Disposition
Condition” means at any date of determination after giving effect to the Minority Business Disposition or Minority Business Offering, either (1) the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to
Section 407(a) or (2) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company would equal or exceed the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to giving effect thereto. 

“Minority Business Offering” means a public offering of Capital Stock of any Minority Business Subsidiary pursuant to a
registration statement filed with the SEC. 
 “Minority Business Subsidiary” means any of the Company’s Subsidiaries
and successors in interest thereto to the extent any of such Subsidiaries form part of the relevant Minority Business. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors. 

“Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means an amount equal to the cash payments received (including any cash
payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of
Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of (i) all legal,
title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, in each case as a consequence of, or in
respect of, such Asset Disposition (including as a consequence of any transfer of funds in connection with the application thereof in accordance with Section 411), (ii) all payments made, and all installment payments
required to be made, on any Indebtedness (x) that is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or (y) that must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary
consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds 

  
 29 













 
from such Asset Disposition, including but not limited to any payments required to be made to increase borrowing availability under any revolving credit facility, (iii) all distributions and
other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition, or to any other Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the
assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition, (iv) any liabilities or obligations associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained, indemnified or insured by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset
Disposition, including without limitation pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters, and liabilities relating to any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Disposition, and
(v) the amount of any purchase price or similar adjustment (x) claimed by any Person to be owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, until such time as such claim shall have been settled or otherwise finally resolved, or
(y) paid or payable by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in either case in respect of such Asset Disposition. 
 “Net
Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any issuance or sale of any securities of the Company or any Subsidiary by the Company or any Subsidiary, or any capital contribution, the amount of cash proceeds of such issuance, sale, contribution or
Incurrence net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection with such issuance, sale,
contribution or Incurrence and net of all taxes paid or payable as a result, or in respect, thereof. 
 “Net Short” means,
with respect to a Holder or beneficial owner, as of a date of determination, either (i) the value of its Short Derivative Instruments exceeds the sum of the (x) the value of its Notes plus (y) the value of its Long Derivative
Instruments as of such date of determination or (ii) it is reasonably expected that such would have been the case were a Failure to Pay or Bankruptcy Credit Event (each as defined in the 2014 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions) to have
occurred with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor immediately prior to such date of determination. 
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S. 

“North American Borrowing Base” means the sum of (1) 85% of the book value of Inventory of the Company, its Domestic
Subsidiaries and its Canadian Subsidiaries, (2) 85% of the book value of Receivables of the Company, its Domestic Subsidiaries and its Canadian Subsidiaries, and (3) cash, Cash Equivalents and Temporary Cash Investments of the Company, its
Domestic Subsidiaries and its Canadian Subsidiaries (in each case, determined as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal month of the Company for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Company are available, and, in the case of
any determination relating to any Incurrence of Indebtedness, on a pro forma basis including (x) any property or assets of a type described above acquired since the end of such fiscal month and (y) any property or assets of a type
described above being acquired in connection therewith). 
 “Notes” means the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any
notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306, 312(d), 312(d) or 1008. 

  
 30 













 “Notes Supplemental Indenture” means a Supplemental Indenture pursuant to
which an Issuer issues Notes in accordance with Section 301, which may be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G, or in such other form as the Issuer may determine in accordance
with Section 301. 
 “Obligations” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, any principal,
premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in
such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, Guarantees of such Indebtedness (or of Obligations in respect thereof), other monetary obligations of any nature and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

 “Offering Memorandum” means the confidential Offering Memorandum of the Issuer, dated November 15, 2019, relating
to the offering of the Initial Notes. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to an Issuer, the Company or any other obligor upon
the Notes, the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Controller, the Treasurer or the Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed
by a single entity, of such entity (or any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors). 

“Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to any Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes or the
Company, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person. Unless otherwise specified, any requirement to provide an Officer’s Certificate hereunder shall mean Officer’s Certificate of the Company. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may
be an employee of or counsel to the applicable Issuer, the Company or the Trustee. 
 “Outstanding” or
“outstanding,” when used with respect to Notes means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except: 

(i) Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; 

(ii) Notes for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any
Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has
been made; and 
 (iii) Notes in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant
to this Indenture. 

  
 31 













 A Note does not cease to be Outstanding because the Company or any Affiliate of the Company
holds the Note (and such Note shall be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of this Indenture); provided that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite amount of Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in
relying on any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be
regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. 

“Parent” means any Other Parent and any other Person that is a Subsidiary of any Other Parent and of which the Company is a
Subsidiary. As used herein, “Other Parent” means a Person of which the Company becomes a Subsidiary after the Issue Date that is designated by the Company as an “Other Parent” and solely for so long as the Company remains
a Subsidiary of such Person; provided that either (x) immediately after the Company first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than 50.0% of the Voting Stock of such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more than
50.0% of the Voting Stock of the Company or a Parent of the Company immediately prior to the Company first becoming such Subsidiary or (y) such Person shall be deemed not to be an Other Parent for the purpose of determining whether a Change of
Control shall have occurred by reason of the Company first becoming a Subsidiary of such Person. The Company shall not in any event be deemed to be a “Parent.” 

“Parent Expenses” means (i) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any Parent in connection
with maintaining its existence or in connection with its reporting obligations under, or in connection with compliance with, applicable laws or applicable rules of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, this
Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including in respect of any reports filed with respect to the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the respective rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder, (ii) expenses incurred by any Parent in connection with the acquisition, development, maintenance, ownership, prosecution, protection and defense of its intellectual property and associated rights (including
but not limited to trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, patents, copyrights and similar rights, including registrations and registration or renewal applications in respect thereof; inventions, processes, designs, formulae, trade
secrets, know-how, confidential information, computer software, data and documentation, and any other intellectual property rights; and licenses of any of the foregoing), or assertions of infringement,
misappropriation, dilution or other violation of third-party intellectual property or associated rights, to the extent such intellectual property and associated rights or assertions relate to the business or businesses of the Company or any
Subsidiary thereof, (iii) indemnification obligations of any Parent owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons under its charter or by-laws or pursuant to written agreements with or for the
benefit of any such Person (including pursuant to certain Management Agreements), or obligations in respect of director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor), (iv) other administrative and operational expenses of any Parent incurred in
the ordinary course of business, (v) fees and expenses incurred by any Parent in connection with maintenance and implementation of any management equity incentive plan associated with the management of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and
(vi) fees and expenses incurred by any Parent in connection with any offering of 

  
 32 













 
Capital Stock or Indebtedness, (w) which offering is not completed, or (x) where the net proceeds of such offering are intended to be received by or contributed or loaned to the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary, or (y) in a prorated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received, contributed or loaned, or (z) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of
such offering so long as any Parent shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed. 

“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the applicable Issuer to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest
on any Notes on behalf of such Issuer; provided that neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates shall act as Paying Agent for purposes of Section 1103 or Section 1205. The Trustee will
initially act as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
 “Permitted Holder” means any of the following: (i) any of the
Management Investors and their respective Affiliates and (ii) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter (solely to the extent that and for so long as such Person is acting in such capacity) in connection with a public or
private offering of Capital Stock of any Parent or the Company. In addition, any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) whose status as a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements
of this Indenture, together with its Affiliates, shall thereafter constitute Permitted Holders. 
 “Permitted Investment”
means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or consisting of, any of the following: 
 (i) a
Restricted Subsidiary, the Company, or a Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary (and any Investment held by such Person that was not acquired by such Person, or made pursuant to a commitment by such
Person that was not entered into, in contemplation of so becoming a Restricted Subsidiary); 
 (ii) another Person if as a
result of such Investment such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in each case, any Investment held
by such other Person that was not acquired by such Person, or made pursuant to a commitment by such Person that was not entered into, in contemplation of such merger, consolidation or transfer); 

(iii) Temporary Cash Investments, Investment Grade Securities or Cash Equivalents; 

(iv) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

 (v) any securities or other Investments received as consideration in, or retained in connection with, sales or other
dispositions of property or assets, including Asset Dispositions made in compliance with Section 411; 

  
 33 













 (vi) securities or other Investments received in settlement of debts created
in the ordinary course of business and owing to, or of other claims asserted by, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments, including in connection
with any bankruptcy proceeding or other reorganization of another Person; 
 (vii) Investments in existence or made pursuant
to legally binding written commitments in existence on the Issue Date, and in each case any extension, modification, replacement, reinvestment or renewal thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased in such
extension, modification, replacement, reinvestment or renewal only (x) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Issue Date or (y) as otherwise permitted by this Indenture; 

(viii) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements, Commodities Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which obligations
are Incurred in compliance with Section 407; 
 (ix) pledges or deposits (x) with respect to
leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business or (y) otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under Section 413;

 (x) (1) Investments in or by any Special Purpose Subsidiary, or in connection with a Financing Disposition by, to, in
or in favor of any Special Purpose Entity, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Financing Disposition or any related Indebtedness, or (2) any promissory note issued by the
Company, or any Parent; provided that if such Parent receives cash from the relevant Special Purpose Entity in exchange for such note, an equal cash amount is contributed by any Parent to the Company; 

(xi) bonds secured by assets leased to and operated by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that were issued in connection
with the financing of such assets so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may obtain title to such assets at any time by paying a nominal fee, canceling such bonds and terminating the transaction; 

(xii) the Notes; 

(xiii) any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), Capital Stock of
any Parent or Junior Capital as consideration; 
 (xiv) Management Advances; 

(xv) Investments in Related Businesses in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed an amount equal to the
greater of $600.0 million and 65.0% of LTM EBITDA (in each case, determined on the date such Investment is made, with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in
value), plus the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income 

  
 34 













 
and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments (without duplication for purposes of the covenant described in Section 409 of any amounts applied pursuant to Section 409(a)(3)) with
the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause is made in any Person that is not the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause
(i) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause; 
 (xvi) any transaction to the extent it
constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 412(b) (except transactions described in clauses (i), (ii)(4), (iii), (v), (vi) and (ix) of Section 412(b)),
including any Investment pursuant to any transaction described in Section 412(b)(ii) (whether or not any Person party thereto is at any time an Affiliate of the Company); 

(xvii) any Investment by any Captive Insurance Subsidiary in connection with the provision of insurance to the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries, which Investment is made in the ordinary course of business of such Captive Insurance Subsidiary, or by reason of applicable law, rule, regulation or order, or that is required or approved by any regulatory authority having
jurisdiction over such Captive Insurance Subsidiary or its business, as applicable; 
 (xviii) other Investments in an
aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed an amount equal to the greater of $600.0 million and 65.0% of LTM EBITDA (in each case, determined on the date such Investment is made, with the fair market value of each Investment being
measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar
amounts) in respect of such Investments (without duplication for purposes of Section 409 of any amounts applied pursuant to Section 409(a)(3)) with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving
effect to subsequent changes in value; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause is made in any Person that is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person
becomes the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (i) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause; 

(xix) Investments consisting of purchases or other acquisitions of inventory, supplies, services, material or equipment or the
licensing (including sublicensing) or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing or other arrangements with other Persons; 

(xx) any Investment in any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities
arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

  
 35 













 (xxi) Investments made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with
past practice in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client contracts and loans or advances made to distributors in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; and 

(xxii) any other Investment so long as, immediately after giving pro forma effect to the Investment and the incurrence of any
Indebtedness the net proceeds of which are used to make such Investment, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 4.50 to 1.00. 

If any Investment pursuant to clause (xv) or (xviii) above, or Section 409(b)(vi) or
Section 409(b)(xv), as applicable, is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary and such Person thereafter (A) becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) is merged or consolidated into, or transfers or
conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, then such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, respectively, and not
clause (xv) or (xviii) above, or Section 409(b)(vi) or Section 409(b)(xv), as applicable. 

“Permitted Liens” means: 

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet delinquent or the nonpayment of which in the aggregate
would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto
are maintained on the books of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, as the case may be, in accordance with GAAP; 
 (b) Liens
with respect to outstanding motor vehicle fines, and carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations
that are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; 

(c) pledges, deposits or Liens in connection with workers’ compensation, professional liability insurance, insurance
programs, unemployment insurance and other social security and other similar legislation or other insurance-related obligations (including, without limitation, pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or
self-insurance arrangements); 
 (d) pledges, deposits or Liens to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade, government
or other contracts (other than for borrowed money), obligations for utilities, leases, licenses, statutory obligations, completion guarantees, surety, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, other similar bonds, instruments or obligations, and other
obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 36 













 (e) (i) easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), rights-of-way, building, zoning and similar restrictions, utility agreements, covenants, reservations, restrictions, encroachments, charges, and other similar encumbrances or
title defects or irregularities incurred, (ii) any other matters that would be disclosed in an accurate survey affecting real property or (iii) leases or subleases granted, licensed or sublicensed, or occupancy agreements granted to
others, whether or not of record, and whether now in existence or hereafter entered into, in the ordinary course of business, which do not in the aggregate materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 
 (f) Liens existing on, or provided for under written arrangements existing on,
the Issue Date, or (in the case of any such Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries existing or arising under written arrangements existing on the Issue Date) securing any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such
Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred under Section 407(b)(i) and secured under clause (k)(1) of this definition) so long as the Lien securing such Refinancing Indebtedness is limited to all or part of the same
property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or under such written arrangements could secure) the original Indebtedness; 

(g) (i) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been
placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar agreements relating thereto and
(ii) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property; 
 (h) Liens securing Indebtedness
(including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) consisting of Hedging Obligations, Bank Products Obligations, Purchase Money Obligations or Capitalized Lease Obligations Incurred in compliance with
Section 407; 
 (i) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards in respect of which
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review, which appeal or proceedings shall not have been finally terminated, or if the period within which such appeal or proceedings may be
initiated shall not have expired; 
 (j) leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses or occupancy agreements to or from third
parties; 
 (k) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) consisting of
(1) Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 407(b)(i), Section 407(b)(iv), Section 407(b)(v), Section 407(b)(vii),
Section 407(b)(viii) or Section 407(b)(xv), or Section 407(b)(iii) (other than Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of Indebtedness described in
Section 407(a)), (2) Credit Facility Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 407(b) (excluding, in the case of Section 407(b)(iii), any Refinancing Indebtedness
Incurred in respect of Indebtedness described in Section 407(a)), (3) the Notes, (4) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor (limited, in the case of this clause (4), to Liens on
any of the property and assets of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor), or (5) obligations in respect of Management Advances or Management Guarantees; in each case under the foregoing clauses (1) through (5)
including Liens securing any Guarantee of any thereof; 

  
 37 













 (l) Liens existing on property or assets of a Person at, or provided for
under written arrangements existing at, the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company (or at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property or assets, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation
with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such existing Liens and arrangements are not created in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary (or such
acquisition of such property or assets), and that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written
arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate; provided, further, that for purposes of this clause (l), if a Person other than the Company is the Successor Company with respect
thereto, any Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed to become a Subsidiary of the Company, and any property or assets of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such
Person becomes such Successor Company; 
 (m) Liens on Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary or joint venture that secure Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or joint venture, respectively; 

(n) any encumbrance or restriction (including, but not limited to, pursuant to put and call agreements or buy/sell
arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; 

(o) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) consisting of Refinancing
Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred under Section 407(b)(i) and secured under clause (k)(1) of this definition) secured by, or securing any refinancing, refunding,
extension, renewal or replacement (in whole or in part) of any other obligation secured by, any other Permitted Liens; provided that any such new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions,
proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate; 

(p) Liens (1) arising by operation of law (or by agreement to the same effect) in the ordinary course of business,
including Liens arising under or by reason of the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act of 1930, as amended from time to time, (2) on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising
from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets, (3) on receivables (including related rights), (4) on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased
with such 

  
 38 













 
cash, in either case to the extent that such cash or government securities prefund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness and are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement to be
applied for such purpose, (5) securing or arising by reason of any netting or set-off or customer deposit arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of banking or other trading activities (including
in connection with purchase orders and other agreements with customers), (6) in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary (other than Liens on property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in favor of any Subsidiary that is not a
Subsidiary Guarantor), (7) arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business, (8) on inventory or other goods and proceeds securing
obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods, (9) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft, cash
pooling or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (10) attaching to commodity trading or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business; (11) arising in connection with repurchase agreements
permitted under Section 407 on assets that are the subject of such repurchase agreements; (12) on equipment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the
Company’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s customers or (13) (x) on accounts receivable or notes receivable (including any ancillary rights pertaining thereto) purported to be sold in connection with any factoring
agreement or similar arrangements to secure obligations owed under such factoring agreement or similar arrangements and (y) any bank accounts used by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any factoring agreement or
any similar arrangements; 
 (q) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations that in the aggregate at any time
outstanding do not exceed an amount equal to the greater of $500.0 million and 55.0% of LTM EBITDA at the time of Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations; 

(r) [Reserved]; 

(s) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) or other obligations of, or in
favor of, any Special Purpose Entity, or in connection with a Special Purpose Financing or otherwise Incurred pursuant to Section 407(b)(ix). 

For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (u) a Lien need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of
Permitted Liens described in this definition but may be incurred under any combination of such categories (including in part under one such category and in part under any other such category), (v) in the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof)
meets the criteria of one or more of such categories of Permitted Liens, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such Lien (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition, (w) the principal
amount of Indebtedness secured by a Lien outstanding under any category of Permitted Liens shall be determined after giving effect to the application of proceeds of any such Indebtedness to refinance any such other Indebtedness, (x) any Lien
securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the 

  
 39 













 
Incurrence of such Indebtedness shall also be permitted to secure any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with the accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the
payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends on Capital Stock constituting Indebtedness in the form of additional shares of the same class of Capital Stock, (y) if any Indebtedness or other obligation
is secured by any Lien outstanding under any category of Permitted Liens measured by reference to a percentage of LTM EBITDA at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations, and is refinanced by any Indebtedness or other
obligation secured by any Lien incurred by reference to such category of Permitted Liens, and such refinancing would cause the percentage of LTM EBITDA to be exceeded if calculated based on the LTM EBITDA on the date of such refinancing, such
percentage of LTM EBITDA shall not be deemed to be exceeded (and such refinancing Lien shall be deemed permitted) so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness or other obligation does not exceed the principal amount of such
Indebtedness or other obligation being refinanced, plus the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses (including accrued and unpaid interest) incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing and
(z) if any Indebtedness or other obligation is secured by any Lien outstanding under any category of Permitted Liens measured by reference to a dollar amount, and is refinanced by any Indebtedness or other obligation secured by any Lien
incurred by reference to such category of Permitted Liens, and such refinancing would cause such dollar amount to be exceeded, such dollar amount shall not be deemed to be exceeded (and such refinancing Lien shall be deemed permitted) so long as the
principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness or other obligation does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses
(including accrued and unpaid interest) incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing. 
 “Person” means any
individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Place of Payment” means a city or any political subdivision thereof in which any Paying Agent appointed pursuant to
Article III is located. 
 “Predecessor Notes” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a
portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in lieu of a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note
shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note. 
 “Preferred Stock” as applied
to the Capital Stock of any corporation or company means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that by its terms is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary
liquidation or dissolution of such corporation or company, over Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation or company. 

“Purchase” is as defined in the definition of “Consolidated Coverage Ratio”. 

  
 40 













 “Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or
refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets, and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning
such property or assets, or otherwise. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer,” as that term is defined
in Rule 144A. 
 “Rating Agencies” means S&P, Moody’s and Fitch or if no rating of S&P, Moody’s or
Fitch is publicly available, as the case may be, the equivalent of such rating selected by the Company by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization. 

“Receivable” means a right to receive payment pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other
Person is obligated to pay, as determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Redemption Amount” means with respect to any series
of Notes, “Redemption Amount” as such term is defined in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing such series of Notes. 

“Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed or purchased, means the date fixed for such redemption
or purchase by or pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes. 
 “Redemption Price” means with respect to any series of
Notes, “Redemption Price” as such term is defined in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing such series of Notes. 

“refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell
or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism); and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning. 

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refinance any Indebtedness (or unutilized commitment in
respect of Indebtedness) existing on the date of this Indenture or Incurred (or established) in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent permitted
in this Indenture) and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness, and Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to a commitment that
refinances any Indebtedness or unutilized commitment; provided, that (1) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a final Stated Maturity at
the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the final Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced (or if shorter, of the Notes), (2) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal
amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus (y) an amount equal to any
unutilized commitment relating to the Indebtedness being refinanced or otherwise then outstanding under a Credit Facility or other financing arrangement being refinanced to the extent the unutilized commitment being refinanced could be drawn in
compliance with 

  
 41 













 
Section 407 immediately prior to such refinancing, plus (z) fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses (including accrued and unpaid
interest) Incurred or payable in connection with such Refinancing Indebtedness and (3) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances
Indebtedness of an Issuer, the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor that could not have been initially Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 407 or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Regular Record Date” means with respect to any
series of Notes, “Regular Record Date” as such term is defined in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing such series of Notes. 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit D. 
 “Related Business” means those businesses in which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries is engaged on the Issue Date, or that are similar, related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto or extensions, developments or expansions thereof. 

“Related Taxes” means (x) any taxes, charges or assessments, including but not limited to sales, use, transfer, rental,
ad valorem, value added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar taxes, charges or assessments (other than federal, state or local taxes measured by income and
federal, state or local withholding imposed by any government or other taxing authority on payments made by any Parent other than to another Parent), required to be paid by any Parent by virtue of its being incorporated or having Capital Stock
outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent), or being a holding company parent of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or
any Parent or receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent, or having guaranteed any obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, or having made any
payment in respect of any of the items for which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is permitted to make payments to any Parent pursuant to Section 409, or acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, prosecuting,
protecting or defending its intellectual property and associated rights (including but not limited to receiving or paying royalties for the use thereof), or assertions of infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation of third-party
intellectual property or associated rights, to the extent relating to the business or businesses of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, (y) any other federal, state, foreign, provincial or local taxes measured by income for which any Parent
is liable up to an amount not to exceed, with respect to federal taxes, the amount of any such taxes that the Company and its Subsidiaries would have been required to pay on a separate company basis, or on a consolidated basis as if the Company had
filed a consolidated return on behalf of an affiliated group (as defined in Section 1504 of the Code) of which it were the common parent, or with respect to state and local taxes, the amount of any such taxes that the Company and its
Subsidiaries would have been required to pay on a separate company basis, or on a consolidated, combined, unitary 

  
 42 













 
or affiliated basis as if the Company had filed a consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated return on behalf of an affiliated group (as defined in the applicable state, foreign, provincial or
local tax laws for filing such return) consisting only of the Company and its Subsidiaries or (z) any other foreign taxes measured by income for which any Parent is liable. Taxes include all interest, penalties and additions relating thereto.

 “Resale Restriction Termination Date” means, with respect to any Note, the date that is one year (or such other period
as may hereafter be provided under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any successor provision thereto as permitting the resale by non-affiliates of Restricted Securities without restriction) after the later
of the original issue date in respect of such Note and the last date on which the applicable Issuer or any Affiliate of such Issuer was the owner of such Note (or any Predecessor Note thereto). 

“Responsible Officer” when used with respect to the Trustee means any officer within the corporate trust department of the
Trustee, including any vice president or assistant vice president, assistant secretary, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also
means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 

“Restricted Payment Transaction” means any Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to Section 409,
any Permitted Payment, any Permitted Investment, or any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment” (including pursuant to the exception contained in clause (i) of such definition and the
parenthetical exclusions contained in clauses (ii) and (iii) of such definition). 
 “Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 
 “Restricted
Security” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, at its request, and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with
respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Security. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the
Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its
successors. 
 “Sale” is as defined in the definition of “Consolidated Coverage Ratio”. 

“Screened Affiliate” means any Affiliate of a Holder (i) that makes investment decisions independently from such Holder
and any other Affiliate of such Holder that is not a Screened Affiliate, (ii) that has in place customary information screens between it and such Holder and any other Affiliate of such Holder that is not a Screened Affiliate and such screens
prohibit 

  
 43 













 
the sharing of information with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries, (iii) whose investment policies are not directed by such Holder or any other Affiliate of such Holder that is
acting in concert with such Holder in connection with its investment in the Notes, and (iv) whose investment decisions are not influenced by the investment decisions of such Holder or any other Affiliate of such Holder that is acting in concert
with such Holders in connection with its investment in the Notes. 
 “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange
Commission. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time. 

“Senior ABL Agreement” means the Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2019, among the
Company, the Issuer, Univar Canada Ltd., a company formed under the laws of the Province of Alberta, the Domestic Subsidiaries of the Company from time to time party thereto, the lenders party thereto from time to time, Bank of America, N.A., as
U.S. administrative agent, collateral agent, U.S. swingline lender and a U.S. letter of credit issuer, and Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch), as Canadian administrative agent, a Canadian swingline lender and a Canadian letter
of credit issuer, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part,
whether with the original administrative agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise), except to the extent such agreement, instrument or other document expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not a Senior ABL
Agreement. Any reference to the Senior ABL Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to each Senior ABL Agreement then in existence. 

“Senior ABL Facility” means the collective reference to the Senior ABL Agreement, any Credit Documents (as defined therein),
any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages, letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and
collateral documents, and other instruments and documents, executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or
refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the
original Senior ABL Agreement or one or more other credit agreements, indentures (including this Indenture) or financing agreements or otherwise), except to the extent such agreement, instrument or document expressly provides that it is not intended
to be and is not a Senior ABL Facility. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Senior ABL Facility” shall include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated
thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the
terms and conditions thereof. 
 “Senior Credit Agreements” means, collectively, the Senior ABL Agreement and the Senior
Term Agreement. 

  
 44 













 “Senior Credit Facilities” means, collectively, the Senior ABL Facility and
the Senior Term Facility. 
 “Senior Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other
than, (x) in the case of any Issuer or the Company, Subordinated Obligations and (y) in the case of any Subsidiary Guarantor, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations. 

“Senior Term Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2015, among the Company, the initial Issuer, the
lenders party thereto from time to time, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, as such agreement may be further amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time (including as of
January 19, 2017, November 28, 2017, February 23, 2019 and February 28, 2019) or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with
the original administrative agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Senior Term Agreement or one or more other credit agreements or otherwise), except to the extent such agreement,
instrument or document expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not a Senior Term Agreement. Any reference to the Senior Term Agreement hereunder shall be deemed a reference to each Senior Term Agreement then in existence. 

“Senior Term Facility” means the collective reference to the Senior Term Agreement, any Loan Documents (as defined therein),
any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages, letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and
collateral documents, and other instruments and documents, executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or
refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the
original Senior Term Agreement or one or more other credit agreements, indentures (including this Indenture) or financing agreements or otherwise), except to the extent such agreement, instrument or document expressly provides that it is not
intended to be and is not a Senior Term Facility. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Senior Term Facility” shall include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or
contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise
altering the terms and conditions thereof. 
 “Short Derivative Instrument” means a Derivative Instrument (i) the
value of which generally decreases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which generally increase, with positive changes to the Performance References and/or (ii) the value of which generally increases, and/or the payment or
delivery obligations under which generally decrease, with negative changes to the Performance References. 

  
 45 













 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary
that would be a “significant subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, as such Regulation is in
effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Special Purpose Entity” means (x) any Special Purpose Subsidiary or (y) any other
Person that is engaged in the business of (i) acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time), other accounts and/or
other receivables, and/or related assets and/or (ii) financing or refinancing in respect of Capital Stock of any Special Purpose Subsidiary. 

“Special Purpose Financing” means any financing or refinancing of assets consisting of or including Receivables of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that have been transferred to a Special Purpose Entity or made subject to a Lien in a Financing Disposition (including any financing or refinancing in respect of Capital Stock of a Special Purpose Subsidiary held
by another Special Purpose Subsidiary). 
 “Special Purpose Financing Expense” means for any period, (a) the aggregate
interest expense for such period on any Indebtedness of any Special Purpose Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, which Indebtedness is not recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary (other
than with respect to Special Purpose Financing Undertakings), and (b) Special Purpose Financing Fees. 
 “Special Purpose
Financing Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with, any Special Purpose Financing. 
 “Special Purpose Financing Undertakings” means representations,
warranties, covenants, indemnities, guarantees of performance and (subject to clause (y) of the proviso below) other agreements and undertakings entered into or provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that the Company
determines in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive) are customary or otherwise necessary or advisable in connection with a Special Purpose Financing or a Financing Disposition; provided that (x) it is understood that
Special Purpose Financing Undertakings may consist of or include (i) reimbursement and other obligations in respect of notes, letters of credit, surety bonds and similar instruments provided for credit enhancement purposes, (ii) Hedging
Obligations, or other obligations relating to Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements or Commodities Agreements entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in respect of any Special Purpose Financing or Financing Disposition, or
(iii) any Guarantee in respect of customary recourse obligations (as determined in good faith by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive) in connection with any Special Purpose Financing or Financing Disposition, including in
respect of Liabilities in the event of any involuntary case commenced with the collusion of any Special Purpose Subsidiary or any Affiliate thereof, or any voluntary case commenced by any Special Purpose Subsidiary, under any applicable bankruptcy
law, and (y) subject to the preceding clause (x), any such other agreements and undertakings shall not include any Guarantee of Indebtedness of a Special Purpose Subsidiary by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose
Subsidiary. 

  
 46 













 “Special Purpose Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that
(a) is engaged solely in (x) the business of (i) acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code or any analogous law as in effect in any applicable
jurisdiction from time to time) and other accounts and receivables (including any thereof constituting or evidenced by chattel paper, instruments or general intangibles), all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and
other assets relating thereto, and/or (ii) owning or holding Capital Stock of any Special Purpose Subsidiary and/or engaging in any financing or refinancing in respect thereof, and (y) any business or activities incidental or related to
such business, and (b) is designated as a “Special Purpose Subsidiary” by the Company. 
 “Special Record
Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, the date specified in such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which
the payment of principal of such Indebtedness is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase or repayment of such Indebtedness at the option of the holder
thereof upon the happening of any contingency). 
 “Subordinated Obligations” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any
Issuer (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the applicable Notes pursuant to a written agreement. 

“Subsidiary” of any Person means any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50.0%
of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at
the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person or (ii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. 

“Subsidiary Guarantee” means any guarantee of the Notes that may from time to time be entered into by a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company on the Issue Date or after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 414. As used in this Indenture, “Subsidiary Guarantee” refers to a Subsidiary Guarantee of the Notes. 

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that enters into a Subsidiary Guarantee, in each case,
unless and until such Subsidiary is released from such Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
 “Tax
Sharing Agreement” means any tax sharing agreement among the Company, a Parent and any of their respective Affiliates. 

“Temporary Cash Investments” means any of the following: (i) any investment in (x) direct obligations of the United
States of America, Canada, a member state of the European Union or any country in whose currency funds are being held pending their application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in that
country or with such funds, or any agency or instrumentality of any thereof, or obligations 

  
 47 













 
Guaranteed by the United States of America or a member state of the European Union or any country in whose currency funds are being held pending their application in the making of an investment
or capital expenditure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country or with such funds, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, or obligations guaranteed by any of the foregoing or (y) direct obligations of any
foreign country recognized by the United States of America rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or,
if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (ii) overnight bank deposits, and investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, bankers’
acceptances and money market deposits (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by (x) any bank or other institutional lender under a Credit Facility or
any affiliate thereof or (y) a bank or trust company that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America having capital and surplus aggregating in
excess of $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and whose long term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the
equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization) at the time such Investment is made, (iii) repurchase
obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities or instruments of the types described in clause (i) or (ii) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (ii) above, (iv)
Investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 270 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a Person (other than that of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made
of “P-2” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-2” (or higher) according to S&P (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such
organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (v) Investments in securities maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition issued
or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least “A” by S&P or “A” by Moody’s (or, in either
case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (vi) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (other than
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) having a rating of “A” or higher by S&P or “A2” or higher by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or
Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (vii) investment funds investing 95.0% of their assets in securities of the type described in clauses (i) through (vi) above (which funds
may also hold cash pending investment and/or distribution), (viii) any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by a domestic commercial bank or a commercial bank organized and located in a country recognized by the United States of America,
in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof), or investments in money market funds subject to the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7
(or any successor rule) of the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and (ix) similar investments approved by the Board of Directors in the ordinary course of business. 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture,
except as otherwise provided herein. 

  
 48 













 “Trade Payables” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or
any indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or guaranteed by such Person arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services. 

“Transactions” means, collectively, any or all of the following: (i) the entry into this Indenture, and the offer and
issuance of the Notes, (ii) the entry into the Senior Credit Facilities and Incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder by one or more of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (iii) the refinancing of certain existing Indebtedness of the Company and
its Subsidiaries, (iv) the redemption of the 2023 Notes and (v) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing (including payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing). 

“Trust Officer” means any corporate trust officer or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily
performing functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be such corporate trust officers who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, or any other officer of the Trustee to whom a
corporate trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

 “Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of New York from time to time.

 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination is an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, as designated by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below, and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly
acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company), other than an Issuer and any direct or indirect parent entity of an Issuer, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Capital Stock or
Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, that (A) such designation was made at
or prior to the Issue Date, or (B) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less or (C) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under
Section 409. The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that immediately after giving effect to such designation (x) the Company could Incur at
least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 407(a) or (y) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such designation or (z) such Subsidiary shall
be a Special Purpose Subsidiary with no Indebtedness outstanding other than Indebtedness that can be Incurred (and upon such designation shall be deemed to be Incurred and outstanding) pursuant to Section 407(b). Any such
designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate of the
Company certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 

  
 49 













 “U.S. Government Obligation” means (x) any security that is (i) a
direct obligation of the United States of America for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or
instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case under the preceding clause (i) or (ii) is not
callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (y) any depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any U.S. Government Obligation that is specified
in clause (x) above and held by such bank for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any U.S. Government Obligation that is so specified and held,
provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government
Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary receipt. 
 “Voting Stock” of an
entity means all classes of Capital Stock of such entity then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors or all interests in such entity with the ability to control the management or actions of such entity. 

Section 102. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
	“Act”	  	  108
	“Affiliate Transaction”	  	  412
	“Agent Members”	  	  312
	“Amendment”	  	  410
	“Authentication Order”	  	  303
	“Bankruptcy Law”	  	  601
	“Certificate of Beneficial Ownership”	  	  313
	“Change of Control Offer”	  	  415
	“Covenant Defeasance”	  	1203
	“Custodian”	  	  601
	“Declined Excess Proceeds”	  	  411
	“Default Direction”	  	  601
	“Defaulted Interest”	  	  307
	“Defeasance”	  	1202
	“Defeased Notes”	  	1201
	“Directing Holder”	  	  601
	“Discharge”	  	  101
	“Election Date”	  	  409
	“Event of Default”	  	  601
	“Excess Proceeds”	  	  411
	“Expiration Date”	  	  108
	“Foreign Disposition”	  	  411
	“Global Notes”	  	  201
	“Guaranteed Obligations”	  	1301
	“Initial Agreement”	  	  410


  
 50 














			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
	“Initial Lien”	  	  413
	“LCA Election”	  	  121
	“LCA Test Date”	  	  121
	“Noteholder Direction”	  	  601
	“Note Register” and “Note Registrar”	  	  305
	“Notice of Default”	  	  601
	“Offer”	  	  411
	“Permitted Payment”	  	  409
	“Physical Notes”	  	  201
	“Position Representation”	  	  601
	“Private Placement Legend”	  	  203
	“Ratio Tested Committed Amount”	  	  407
	“Refinancing Agreement”	  	  410
	“Refunding Capital Stock”	  	  409
	“Regulation S Global Notes”	  	  201
	“Regulation S Note Exchange Date”	  	  313
	“Regulation S Physical Notes”	  	  201
	“Reporting Date”	  	  405
	“Reserved Indebtedness Amount”	  	  407
	“Restricted Payment”	  	  409
	“Reversion Date”	  	  416
	“Rule 144A Global Notes”	  	  201
	“Rule 144A Physical Notes”	  	  201
	“Successor Company”	  	  501
	“Successor Issuer”	  	  501
	“Suspended Covenants”	  	  416
	“Suspension Date”	  	  416
	“Suspension Period”	  	  416
	“Treasury Capital Stock”	  	  409
	“Verification Covenant”	  	  601

 Section 103. Rules of Construction. For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise
expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) the terms defined in this Indenture have the meanings
assigned to them in this Indenture; 
 (2) “or” is not exclusive; 

(3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP; 

(4) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar
import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; 

  
 51 













 (5) all references to “$” or “dollars”
shall refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America; 
 (6) the words “include,”
“included” and “including,” as used herein, shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” if not expressly followed by such phrase or the phrase “but not
limited to;” 
 (7) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular; 

(8) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or
successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; 
 (9) any reference to a Section, Article or clause refers
to such Section, Article or clause of this Indenture; and 
 (10) notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture, no
provision of the TIA shall apply or be incorporated by reference into this Indenture or the Notes, except as specifically set forth in this Indenture. 

Section 104. [Reserved]. 

Section 105. [Reserved]. 

Section 106. Compliance Certificates and Opinions. Upon any application or request by the Company, an Issuer or by any other
obligor upon the Notes (including any Guarantor) to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company, such Issuer or such other obligor (including any Guarantor), as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee such
certificates and opinions as may be required under this Indenture. Each such certificate or opinion shall be given in the form of one or more Officer’s Certificates, if to be given by an Officer, or an Opinion of Counsel, if to be given by
counsel, and shall comply with the requirements of this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any such request or application as to which the furnishing of any Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel is specifically
required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular request or application, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished. 

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (except for certificates
provided for in Section 406) shall include: 
 (1) a statement that the individual signing such
certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition, as applicable, and the definitions herein relating thereto; 

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 

  
 52 













 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he or she made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition, as applicable, has been complied with; and 

(4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such individual, such condition or covenant, as applicable, has been complied
with. 
 Section 107. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. In any case where several matters are required to be certified by,
or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may
certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents. 

Any certificate or opinion of an Officer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or
representations by, counsel, unless such Officer knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion of counsel may be
based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an Officer or Officers to the effect that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company or the
applicable Issuer, unless such counsel knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous. 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or
other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument. 
 Section 108. Acts of
Noteholders; Record Dates. 
 (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this
Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly
provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company or the applicable Issuer, as the case may be. Such instrument or instruments
(and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any
such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 701) conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Company, any Issuer, and any other obligor upon the Notes, if made in the manner provided
in this Section 108. 

  
 53 













 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may
be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged
to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership or other legal entity other than an individual, on behalf of such corporation or partnership or entity, such certificate or affidavit
shall also constitute sufficient proof of such Person’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee
deems sufficient. 
 (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register. 

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind the Holder of
every Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, suffered or omitted to be done by the Trustee, any Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes in reliance thereon, whether or not
notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
 (e) (i) The Company may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining
the Holders of Outstanding Notes entitled to give, make or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given, made or taken by Holders of Notes,
provided that the Company may not set a record date for, and the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply with respect to, the giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in the next paragraph. If any
record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Notes on such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and no other Holders, shall be entitled to take the relevant action, whether or not such Persons remain Holders
after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on such record date. Nothing in
this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Company from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with
no action by any Person be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on the date such action is taken.
Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to
each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 110. 
 (ii) The Trustee may set any day as a record date
for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Notes entitled to join in the giving or making of (A) any Notice of Default, (B) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 602, (C) any
request to institute proceedings referred to in Section 607(ii) or (D) any direction referred to in Section 612, in each case with respect to Notes. If any record date is set pursuant to this
paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Notes on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided
that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to
prevent the Trustee from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant 

  
 54 













 
to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed
to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Company’s expense,
shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Company in writing and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 110. 

(iii) With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 108, the party hereto that sets such record dates
may designate any day as the “Expiration Date” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration
Date is given to the Company or the Trustee, whichever such party is not setting a record date pursuant to this Section 108(e) in writing, and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in
Section 110, on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 108, the party hereto that set such
record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the 180th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later than the 180th day after the applicable record date. 
 (iv) Without limiting the foregoing, a
Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such
appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. 
 (v) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder,
including the Depositary, that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture
to be made, given or taken by Holders, and the Depositary, as the Holder of a Global Note, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and
customary practices. 
 (vi) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the persons who are beneficial owners of
interests in any Global Note held by the Depositary entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or
other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take
such request, demand, authorization direction, notice consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action
shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date. 

  
 55 













 Section 109. Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Issuer and Company. Any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with, 

(1) the Trustee by any Holder or by any Issuer or by any other obligor upon the Notes shall be sufficient for every purpose
hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at 190 South LaSalle Street, 10th floor, Chicago IL, 60603, (telephone: (312)
332-8008) or at any other address furnished in writing to each Issuer by the Trustee, 

(2) the initial Issuer by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and
mailed, first class postage prepaid, to the initial Issuer at 3075 Highland Parkway, Suite 200, Downers Grove, Illinois 60515, Attention: Noelle J. Perkins, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, with copies to Kerri Howard, Vice
President and Treasurer; and with copies to Kirkland & Ellis LLP at 601 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Ross M. Leff, P.C., or at any other address furnished in writing to the Trustee by the initial Issuer, 

(3) the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first
class postage prepaid, to the Company at 3075 Highland Parkway, Suite 200, Downers Grove, Illinois 60515, Attention: Noelle J. Perkins, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, with copies to Kerri Howard, Vice President and Treasurer;
and with copies to Kirkland & Ellis LLP at 601 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Ross M. Leff, P.C., or at any other address furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company, or 

(4) the Company, any Issuer or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for
subsequent notices or communications. 
 Section 110. Notices to Holders; Waiver. Where this Indenture provides for notice to
Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to each Holder affected by
such event, at such Holder’s address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail,
neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. 

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice,
either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in
reliance upon such waiver. 
 In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be
impossible to mail notice of any event as required by any provision of this Indenture, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) shall constitute a sufficient
notification for every purpose hereunder. 

  
 56 













 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or
any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee) pursuant
to the customary procedures of such Depositary (including delivery by electronic mail). 
 The Trustee shall have the right to accept and
act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent in the form of a manually signed document by unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods,
provided, however, that the Issuer shall provide to the Trustee an incumbency certificate listing designated persons with the authority to provide such instructions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which incumbency
certificate shall be amended whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Issuer elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic
method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or
indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding that such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Issuer agrees to assume all risks arising out of
the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including, without limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties. 

Section 111. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents
are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 Section 112. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and
agreements in this Indenture by the Company, any Issuer shall bind its respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 

Section 113. Separability Clause. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

Section 114. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other
than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any Paying Agent and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture. 

Section 115. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, EACH ISSUER, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES, EACH GUARANTOR AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT
LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES. 

  
 57 













 EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE COMPANY, THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO, THE HOLDERS AND THE
TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE SECURITIES CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

Section 116. Legal Holidays. In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Note shall not
be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of interest or principal and premium (if any) need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on
the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

 Section 117. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators and Stockholders. No director, officer,
employee, incorporator or stockholder of any Issuer, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any thereof shall have any liability for any obligation of any Issuer or any Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee, or for any claim based
on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or its creation. Each Noteholder, by accepting the Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

Section 118. Exhibits and Schedules. All exhibits and schedules attached hereto are by this reference made a
part hereof with the same effect as if herein set forth in full. 
 Section 119. Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in
any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. 

Section 120. Force Majeure. To the extent permitted by the TIA, in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any
failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or
military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services (it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable best
efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances). 

  
 58 













 Section 121. Limited Condition Acquisition. In connection with any action being
taken in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, for purposes of determining compliance with any provision of this Indenture which requires that no Default, Event of Default or specified Event of Default, as applicable, has occurred, is
continuing or would result from any such action, as applicable, such condition shall, at the option of the Company, be deemed satisfied, so long as no Default, Event of Default or specified Event of Default, as applicable, exists on the date the
definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company has exercised its option under the first sentence of this Section 121, and any Default or Event of
Default occurs following the date the definitive agreements for the applicable Limited Condition Acquisition were entered into and prior to the consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition, any such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed
to not have occurred or be continuing for purposes of determining whether any action being taken in connection with such Limited Condition Acquisition is permitted hereunder. 

In connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, for purposes of: 

(i) determining compliance with any provision of this Indenture which requires the calculation of the Consolidated Coverage
Ratio, the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio; or 
 (ii) testing baskets set forth
in this Indenture (including baskets measured as a percentage of LTM EBITDA and Foreign LTM EBITDA); 
 in each case, at the option of the Company (the
Company’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Acquisition, an “LCA Election”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder, shall be deemed to be the date
the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into (the “LCA Test Date”), and if, after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in
connection therewith (including any Incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company ending prior to the LCA Test Date for which
consolidated financial statements of the Company are available, the Company could have taken such action on the relevant LCA Test Date in compliance with such ratio or basket, such ratio or basket shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the
avoidance of doubt, if the Company has made an LCA Election and any of the ratios, baskets or amounts for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCA Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio, basket or amount,
including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Total Assets of the Company or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Acquisition or any applicable currency exchange rate, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant
transaction or action, such baskets, ratios or amounts will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations. If the Company has made an LCA Election for any Limited Condition Acquisition, then in connection with any subsequent
calculation of any ratio or basket availability with respect to the Incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens, or the making of Restricted Payments, mergers, the conveyance, lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
or the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary on or following the relevant LCA Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Acquisition is consummated or the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition
Acquisition is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition, any such ratio or basket shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming such Limited Condition Acquisition and other transactions in connection
therewith (including any Incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated. 

  
 59 













 The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A.
Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a
relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act. 

ARTICLE II 
 NOTE FORMS

 Section 201. Forms Generally. The Initial Notes and Initial Additional Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of
authentication relating thereto shall be in substantially the forms set forth, or referenced, in this Article II and Exhibit A attached hereto (as such forms may be modified in accordance with
Section 301). Any Additional Notes that are not Initial Additional Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication relating thereto shall be in substantially the forms set forth, or referenced, in this Article
II and Exhibit A attached hereto (as such forms may be modified in accordance with Section 301). Each of Exhibits A and B is hereby incorporated in and
expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions, notations, legends, endorsements, identifications and other variations as are required or permitted by law, stock exchange rule or
depositary rule or usage, agreements to which the applicable Issuer is subject, if any, or other customary usage, or as may consistently herewith be determined by the Officers of the Issuer executing such Notes, as evidenced by such execution
(provided always that any such notation, legend, endorsement, identification or variation is in a form acceptable to such Issuer). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in
Exhibits A and B are part of the terms of this Indenture. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note. 

Initial Notes and any Initial Additional Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall, unless the Issuer of such Notes otherwise
notifies the Trustee in writing, be issued in the form of one or more permanent global Notes substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (as such form may be modified in accordance with
Section 301), except as otherwise permitted herein. Such Global Notes shall be referred to collectively herein as the “Rule 144A Global Notes,” and shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the
Depositary or its nominee, for credit to an account of an Agent Member, and shall be duly executed by the Issuer of such Notes and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of a Rule 144A Global Note may
from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 

  
 60 













 Initial Notes and any Initial Additional Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in
reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act shall, unless the Issuer of such Notes otherwise notifies the Trustee in writing, be issued in the form of one or more permanent global Notes substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit A (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 301), except as otherwise permitted herein. Such Global Notes shall be referred to herein as the “Regulation S Global
Notes,” and shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee for the accounts of designated Agent Members holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream and shall be duly executed by the Issuer of such
Notes and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of a Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made in the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the
Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 
 Subject to the limitations on the issuance of certificated Notes set forth in
Sections 312 and 313, Initial Notes and any Initial Additional Notes issued pursuant to Section 305 in exchange for or upon transfer of beneficial interests (x) in a Rule 144A Global
Note shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 301) (the “Rule
144A Physical Notes”) or (y) in a Regulation S Global Note (if any) shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (as such form may be modified in
accordance with Section 301) (the “Regulation S Physical Notes”), respectively, as hereinafter provided. 

The Rule 144A Physical Notes and Regulation S Physical Notes shall be construed to include any certificated Notes issued in respect thereof
pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306 or 1008, and the Rule 144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes shall be construed to include any global Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to
Section 304, 305, 306 or 1008. The Rule 144A Physical Notes and the Regulation S Physical Notes, together with any other certificated Notes issued and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture, are
sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “Physical Notes.” The Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes, together with any other global Notes that are issued and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture, are
sometimes collectively referred to as the “Global Notes.” 
 Section 202. Form of Trustee’s
Certificate of Authentication. The Notes will have endorsed thereon a Trustee’s certificate of authentication in substantially the following form: 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	 
	 
	 as Trustee
	 	
		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	 Authorized Officer



 Dated: 

  
 61 













 If an appointment of an Authenticating Agent is made pursuant to
Section 714, the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in lieu of the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in substantially the following form: 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	 [NAME]

	
	 
	as Trustee
		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	 As Authenticating Agent

		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	 Authorized Officer



 Dated: 

Section 203. Restrictive and Global Note Legends. Each Global Note and Physical Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or
substitution thereof) shall bear the following legend set forth below (the “Private Placement Legend”) on the face thereof until the Private Placement Legend is removed or not required in accordance with
Section 313(4): 
 “THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
“SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN
THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF
SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER OR ANOTHER EXEMPTION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 BY ITS ACCEPTANCE
HEREOF, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION
IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

  
 62 













 BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF
ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED NOTES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE (1) PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR]
[IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS] AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE), ONLY
(A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON
RULE 144A, (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS
OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (2) ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS. 

BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE FURTHER AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE
SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.” 

Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note, shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof: 

“UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC
(AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE
REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

  
 63 













 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO
NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 312 AND 313 OF THE
INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).” 
 Each Regulation S Global Note shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof: 

“BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S.
PERSON, AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 EXCEPT AS
SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN ANY OTHER NOTE REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(b)(2) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT). DURING SUCH 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL
OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED TO A U.S. PERSON OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF A U.S. PERSON.” 

Each note issued with OID will contain a legend substantially to the following effect: 

THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE
ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH NOTE BY SUBMITTING A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO: UNIVAR USA INC., TREASURER, 3075 HIGHLAND PARKWAY, SUITE 200, DOWNERS GROVE, IL 60515. 

  
 64 













 ARTICLE III 

THE NOTES 

Section 301. Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered
and Outstanding under this Indenture is not limited. The Notes may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Except as provided in Section 902, all Notes will vote (or consent) as a class with the other Notes and
otherwise be treated as Notes for all purposes of this Indenture. 
 The following matters shall be established with respect to each series
of Notes issued hereunder in a Notes Supplemental Indenture: 
 (1) the title of the Notes of the series (which title shall
distinguish the Notes of the series from all other series of Notes); 
 (2) the issuer of the Notes of the series; 

(3) any limit (if any) upon the aggregate principal amount of the Notes of the series that may be authenticated and delivered
under this Indenture (which limit shall not pertain to Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of, transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes of the series pursuant to Section 304, 305,
306, 312(d), 312(e) or 1008); 
 (4) the date or dates on which the principal of and premium, if
any, on the Notes of the series is payable or the method of determination and/or extension of such date or dates, and the amount or amounts of such principal and premium, if any, payments and methods of determination thereof; 

(5) the rate or rates at which the Notes of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the method of calculating and/or
resetting such rate or rates of interest, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined, and the Interest Payment Dates on which any such interest shall be payable; 

(6) the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which, and other terms and conditions upon which Notes of the
series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Issuer, if the Issuer is to have the option; 
 (7) if
other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Notes of the series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of maturity thereof pursuant to Section 602 or the method by which
such portion shall be determined; 
 (8) in the case of any Notes, other than Initial Notes, any addition to or change in the
Events of Default which apply to any Notes of the series and any change in the right of the Trustee or the requisite Holders of such Notes to declare the principal amount thereof due and payable pursuant to Section 602;


  
 65 













 (9) in the case of any Notes, other than Initial Notes, any addition to or
change in the covenants set forth in Article IV and V; and 
 (10) in the case of any Notes, other than Initial
Notes, any addition to or change in the definitions in Section 101 related to additions or changes contemplated by the foregoing clauses (8) and (9). 

The form of the Notes of such series, as set forth in Exhibit A or B as the case may be, may be modified to reflect such
matters as so established in such Notes Supplemental Indenture. 
 Such matters may also be established in a Notes Supplemental Indenture
for any Additional Notes issued hereunder that are to be of the same series as any Notes previously issued hereunder. Notes that have the same terms described in the foregoing clauses (1) though (10) will be treated as the same series, unless
otherwise designated by the Company. 
 Section 302. Denominations. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form,
without coupons, and only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 Section 303.
Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating. The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer of such Notes by one Officer of such Issuer. The signature of any such Officer on the Notes may be manual or by facsimile. 

Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of an individual who was at any time an Officer of the Issuer of such Notes shall bind such
Issuer, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to hold such office prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such office at the date of such Notes. 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, any Issuer may deliver Notes executed by such Issuer to
the Trustee for authentication; and the Trustee, pursuant to an Issuer Order, shall authenticate and deliver (i) Initial Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500.0 million and (ii) subject to
Section 407, Additional Notes in one or more series (which may be of the same series as any Notes previously issued hereunder, or of a different series) from time to time for original issue in aggregate principal amounts
specified by the Issuer of such Notes, in each case specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above, upon a written order of the Issuer of such Notes in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer (an “Authentication
Order”). Such Officer’s Certificate shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, the “CUSIP”, “ISIN”, “Common Code” or other similar
identification numbers of such Notes, if any, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes and whether the Notes are to be issued as one or more Global Notes or Physical Notes and such other information as the Issuer of such Notes
may include or the Trustee may reasonably request. 
 All Notes shall be dated the date of their authentication. 

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly
authenticated and delivered hereunder. 

  
 66 













 Section 304. Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the
Issuer of such Notes may prepare and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer of such Notes
considers appropriate for temporary Notes. If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer of such Notes will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be
exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer of such Notes in a Place of Payment, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the
Issuer of such Notes shall execute and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged the temporary
Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes of the same series and tenor. 

Section 305. Note Registrar and Paying Agent. Each Issuer shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a
register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of such Issuer in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “Note Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable
regulations as it may prescribe, such Issuer shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. Each Issuer may have one or more co-registrars. The term “Note Registrar”
includes any co-registrars. 
 The initial Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as “Note
Registrar” and “Paying Agent” in connection with the Notes, until such time as it has resigned or a successor has been appointed. Each Issuer may have one or more additional paying agents, and the term “Paying Agent”
shall include any additional Paying Agent. Each Issuer may change the Paying Agent or Note Registrar without prior notice to the Holders of Notes. Each Issuer may enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Note Registrar or Paying Agent not
a party to this Indenture. Any such agency agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. Each Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such agent. If any Issuer fails to
appoint or maintain a Note Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 707. The Company or any wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of
the Company (including any Issuer) may act as Paying Agent (except for purposes of Section 1103 or Section 1205) or Note Registrar. 

Upon surrender for transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer of such Note in a Place of Payment, in compliance with all
applicable requirements of this Indenture and applicable law, such Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of the same series, of any
authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount. 
 At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of
the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like tenor and aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer of such Notes
shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive. 

  
 67 













 All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of
the Issuer of such Notes, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 

Every Note presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in
form satisfactory to the Issuer of such Note duly executed, by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. 

No service charge shall be made for any registration, transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Issuer of such Notes may require payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. 
 No Issuer or Notes
Registrar shall be required (i) to issue, transfer or exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 Business Days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption (or purchase) of Notes selected for redemption
(or purchase) under Section 1004 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to transfer or exchange any Note so selected for redemption (or purchase) in whole or in part. 

Section 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Note Registrar or if the
Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer of such Notes shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code
are met, such that the Holder (a) notifies the Issuer of such Notes or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Note Registrar does not register a transfer prior to
receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer of such Notes or the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code and (c) satisfies any
other reasonable requirements of the Issuer of such Notes. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer of such Notes, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of (i) the Trustee to protect the Trustee and
(ii) such Issuer to protect such Issuer, the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Note Registrar, from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer of such Notes in its
discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. 
 Upon the issuance of any new Note under this
Section 306, the Issuer of such Notes may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses
of the Trustee) connected therewith. 
 Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 306 in lieu of any
destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer of such Note, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the
benefits of this Indenture equally and ratably with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

  
 68 













 The provisions of this Section 306 are exclusive and shall
preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 

Section 307. Payment of Interest Rights Preserved. Interest on any Note that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided
for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest specified in Section 4 of the
applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture. 
 Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental
Indenture, as contemplated by Section 301, any interest on any Note that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall
forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder; and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Issuer of such Note, at its election, as provided in clause (1) or
clause (2) below: 
 (1) The Issuer of such Notes may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in
whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuer of such Notes shall
notify the Trustee and Paying Agent in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and such Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent an amount of money equal to the
aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or Paying Agent for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be
held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as provided in this clause (1). Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 nor
less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee and the Paying Agent of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such Notes of such
Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of such Issuer, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Holder at such
Holder’s address as it appears in the Note Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted
Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2). 

(2) The Issuer of such Notes may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the
requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange. 

  
 69 













 Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 307, each Note
delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Note. 

Section 308. Persons Deemed Owners. The Issuer of such Note, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and any agent of any of
them may treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any), and (subject to Section 307) interest on, such Note and
for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and none of such Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent nor any agent of any of them shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

Section 309. Cancellation. All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer, exchange or conversion shall, if surrendered
to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and, if not already cancelled, shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Issuer of such Notes may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated
and delivered hereunder that such Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided
in this Section 309, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention
requirements of the Exchange Act). 
 Section 310. Computation of Interest. Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series
in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 301, interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
 Section 311. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, Etc. Each Issuer in issuing Notes may use
“CUSIP” numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use), and if so, the Trustee may use the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to
Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers printed in the notice or on the Notes; that reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers printed on the Notes; and that any redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. 

Section 312. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes. 

(a) Each Global Note initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or the nominee of such
Depositary, in each case for credit to the account of an Agent Member, and (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary. No Issuer, no agent of any Issuer nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any
aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. 

  
 70 













 (b) Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall
have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or its custodian, or under such Global Notes. The Depositary may be treated by each applicable Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the
Trustee and any agent of any of them as the absolute owner of the Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer of such Notes, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee or any
agent of any of them from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of
the rights of a beneficial owner of any Note. The Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action that a Holder is
entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
 (c) Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in
whole, but, subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in a Global Note may not be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes unless
(i) the Issuer of such Notes has consented thereto in writing, or such transfer or exchange is made pursuant to the next sentence, and (ii) such transfer or exchange is in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the
Depositary and the provisions of Section 305 and Section 313. Subject to the limitation on issuance of Physical Notes set forth in Section 313(3), Physical Notes shall be
transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in the relevant Global Note, if (i) the Depositary notifies the Issuer of such Notes at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the
Global Notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within 120 days; (ii) the Depositary ceases to be registered as a “Clearing Agency” under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within 120 days;
(iii) the Issuer of such Notes, at its option, notifies the Trustee that it elects to cause the issuance of Physical Notes; or (iv) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Notes and the Trustee has
received a written request from the Depositary to issue Physical Notes. 
 (d) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of
the beneficial interest in any Global Note to beneficial owners for Physical Notes pursuant to Section 312(c), the Note Registrar shall record on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such
Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred, and the Issuer of such Notes shall execute, and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Physical
Notes of like tenor and principal amount of authorized denominations. 
 (e) In connection with a transfer of an entire Global Note to
beneficial owners for Physical Notes pursuant to Section 312(c), the applicable Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer of such Notes shall execute, and upon receipt of
an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary, in exchange for its beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Rule 144A
Physical Notes (in the case of any Rule 144A Global Note) or Regulation S Physical Notes (in the case of any Regulation S Global Note), as the case may be, of authorized denominations. 

  
 71 













 (f) The transfer and exchange of a Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be
effected through the Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 313) and the procedures therefor of the Depositary. Any beneficial interest in one of
the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a different Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and,
accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a
Global Note shall deliver to the Note Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in the
relevant Global Note. Subject to Section 313, the Note Registrar shall, in accordance with such instructions, instruct the Depositary to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial
interest in such Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred. 

(g) Any Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 312(c) shall, unless
such exchange is made on or after the Resale Restriction Termination Date applicable to such Note and except as otherwise provided in Section 203 and Section 313, bear the Private Placement Legend.

 (h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, through the Restricted Period, a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may be held only
through designated Agent Members holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 313. 

Section 313. Special Transfer Provisions. 

(1) Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with
respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note that is a Restricted Security to any Non-U.S. Person: The Note Registrar shall register such transfer if it complies with all other applicable
requirements of this Indenture (including Section 305) and, 
 (a) if (x) such transfer is
after the relevant Resale Restriction Termination Date with respect to such Note or (y) the proposed transferor has delivered to the Note Registrar and the Issuer of such Notes and the Trustee a Regulation S Certificate and, unless otherwise
agreed by such Issuer, an opinion of counsel, certifications and other information satisfactory to such Issuer, and 
 (b) if
the proposed transferor is or is acting through an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the Note Registrar and the Issuer of such Notes and the Trustee of (x) the certificate, opinion, certifications and
other information, if any, required by clause (a) above and (y) written instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the Note Registrar and of the Depositary; 

  
 72 













 whereupon (i) the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and (if the transfer
does not involve a transfer of any Outstanding Physical Note) a decrease in the principal amount of the relevant Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the relevant Global Note to be transferred, and
(ii) either (A) if the proposed transferee is or is acting through an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a relevant Regulation S Global Note, the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the
principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest being so transferred or (B) otherwise the Issuer of such Notes shall execute and (upon receipt of an Authentication Order)
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount. 
 (2) Transfers to
QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note that is a Restricted Security to a QIB (excluding transfers to Non-U.S. Persons): The Note
Registrar shall register such transfer if it complies with all other applicable requirements of this Indenture (including Section 305) and, 

(a) if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on the form of such Note
stating, or has otherwise certified to the Note Registrar and the Issuer of such Notes and the Trustee in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification provided
for on the form of such Note stating, or has otherwise certified to Note Registrar and such Issuer and the Trustee in writing, that it is purchasing such Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment
discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding such Issuer as it has
requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and

 (b) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Note to be transferred consists of a Physical Note that after
transfer is to be evidenced by an interest in a Global Note or consists of a beneficial interest in a Global Note that after the transfer is to be evidenced by an interest in a different Global Note, upon receipt by the Note Registrar of written
instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Note Registrar’s procedures, whereupon the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the transferee Global Note
in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Note or such beneficial interest in such transferor Global Note to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Note so transferred or reflect on its books and records the date
and a decrease in the principal amount of such transferor Global Note, as the case may be. 

  
 73 













 (3) Limitation on Issuance of Physical Notes. No Physical Note shall
be exchanged for a beneficial interest in any Global Note, except in accordance with Section 312 and this Section 313. 

A beneficial owner of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note shall not be permitted to exchange such interest for a Physical Note until a
date, which must be after the end of the Restricted Period, on which the Issuer of such Notes receives a certificate of beneficial ownership substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C from such beneficial owner
(a “Certificate of Beneficial Ownership”). Such date, as it relates to a Regulation S Global Note, is herein referred to as the “Regulation S Note Exchange Date.” 

(4) Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement
Legend, the Note Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Note Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private
Placement Legend unless (i) the requested transfer is after the relevant Resale Restriction Termination Date with respect to such Notes, (ii) upon written request of the Issuer of such Notes after there is delivered to the Note Registrar
an opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel are satisfactory to the Issuer) to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act,
(iii) with respect to a Regulation S Global Note (on or after the Regulation S Note Exchange Date with respect to such Regulation S Global Note) or Regulation S Physical Note, in each case with the agreement of the Issuer of such Notes, or
(iv) such Notes are sold or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. 
 (5)
Other Transfers. The Note Registrar shall effect and register, upon receipt of a written request from the Issuer to do so, a transfer not otherwise permitted by this Section 313, such registration to be done in
accordance with the otherwise applicable provisions of this Section 313, upon the furnishing by the proposed transferor or transferee of a written opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel are satisfactory to the Issuer
of such Notes) to the effect that, and such other certifications or information as such Issuer may require (including, in the case of a transfer to an Accredited Investor (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under Regulation D
promulgated under the Securities Act), a certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F) to confirm that, the proposed transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not
subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 
 A Note that is a Restricted Security may not be transferred other than
as provided in this Section 313. A beneficial interest in a Global Note that is a Restricted Security may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note other than through a transfer in compliance with
this Section 313. 
 (6) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private
Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture. 

  
 74 













 The Note Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written
communications received pursuant to Section 312 or this Section 313 (including all Notes received for transfer pursuant to this Section 313). Each Issuer shall have the
right to require the applicable Note Registrar to deliver to such Issuer, at such Issuer’s expense, copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the
Note Registrar. 
 In connection with any transfer of any Note, the Trustee, the Note Registrar and the Issuer of such Notes shall be
entitled to receive, shall be under no duty to inquire into, may conclusively presume the correctness of, and shall be fully protected in relying upon the certificates, opinions and other information referred to herein (or in the forms provided
herein, attached hereto or to the Notes, or otherwise) received from any Holder and any transferee of any Note regarding the validity, legality and due authorization of any such transfer, the eligibility of the transferee to receive such Note and
any other facts and circumstances related to such transfer. 
 ARTICLE IV 

COVENANTS 

Section 401. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest. The Issuer of each series of Notes shall duly and punctually pay the
principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Notes in accordance with the terms of such Notes and this Indenture. Principal amount (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date due if the Issuer of
such Notes shall have deposited with the Paying Agent (if other than such Issuer or another wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Company) as of 12:00 p.m. New York City time on the due date money in immediately available funds and designated
for and sufficient to pay all principal amount (and premium, if any) and interest then due. At the option of the Issuer of any series of Notes, payment of interest on such Note may be made through the Paying Agent by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to the account designated to such Issuer by the Person entitled thereto or by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Note Register. 

Section 402. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

(a) The Issuer of each series of Notes shall maintain in the United States an office or agency where such Notes may be presented or surrendered
for payment, where such Notes may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon such Issuer in respect of such Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer of each series of Notes shall give prompt written
notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer of any series of Notes shall fail to maintain such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address
thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee; provided that no service of legal process may be made against the Issuer at any office of the Trustee. 

  
 75 













 (b) The Issuer of any series of Notes may also from time to time designate one or more other
offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. 

The initial Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, as one such office or agency of such Issuer in accordance with
Section 305. 
 Section 403. Money for Payments to Be Held in Trust. If the Issuer of a series of
Notes shall at any time act as Paying Agent, it shall, on or before 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any of such Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the
Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and shall promptly notify the Trustee in
writing of its action or failure so to act. 
 If the Issuer of a series of Notes is not acting as Paying Agent, it shall, on or prior to
12:00 p.m., New York City time, on each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, such Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest, so becoming due, such
sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) such Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure so to act. 

If the Issuer of a series of Notes is not acting as Paying Agent, such Issuer shall cause any Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute
and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 403, that such Paying Agent shall: 

(1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Notes of such series in trust
for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided; 

(2) give the Trustee notice of any default by such Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any such
payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest; 
 (3) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon
the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent; and 
 (4)
acknowledge, accept and agree to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties, rights and liabilities of such Paying Agent. 

The Issuer of any Notes may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of such Notes, this Indenture or for any
other purpose, pay, or by Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Issuer or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by
such Issuer or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money. 

  
 76 













 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by an Issuer, in
trust for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on Issuer
Request, or (if then held by an Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer of such Notes for payment thereof unless an applicable abandoned
property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of such Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease. 

Section 404. [Reserved]. 

Section 405. SEC Reports. So long as any Notes are outstanding: 

(a) Notwithstanding that following the Issue Date the Company may not be required to be or remain subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Company will furnish to the
Trustee within 15 days after the time periods specified below: 
 (i) within 105 days following the end of each fiscal year
of the Company (or such longer period as may be permitted by the SEC if the Company were then subject to SEC reporting requirements as a non-accelerated filer), the consolidated financial statements of the
Company for such year prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a report thereon by the Company’s independent auditors, and a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” with
respect to such financial statements substantially similar to that which would be included in an Annual Report on Form 10-K (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Company (if the Company
were required to prepare and file such form); it being understood that (x) the Company shall not be required to include any separate consolidating financial information with respect to the Company, any Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any
other affiliate of the Company, or any separate financial statements or information for the Company, any Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Company and (y) the consolidated financial statements of the Company or any
similar reference shall, in each case, include each variable interest entity that the Company would otherwise be required to consolidate under GAAP; 

(ii) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of the Company in each fiscal year of the Company
(or such longer period as may be permitted by the SEC if the Company were then subject to SEC reporting requirements as a non-accelerated filer), the condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company
for such quarter prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” with respect to such financial statements substantially similar to that which
would be included in a 

  
 77 













 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Company (if the Company were required to prepare and file such
form); it being understood that (x) the Company shall not be required to include any separate consolidating financial information with respect to the Company, any Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Company, or any
separate financial statements or information for the Company, any Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other affiliate of the Company and (y) the consolidated financial statements of the Company or any similar reference shall, in each case,
include each variable interest entity that the Company is required to consolidate under GAAP; and 
 (iii) information
substantially similar to the information that would be required to be included in a Current Report on Form 8-K (as in effect on the Issue Date) filed with the SEC by the Company (if the Company were required
to prepare and file such form) pursuant to Item 1.03 (Bankruptcy or Receivership), 2.01 (Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets) or 5.01 (Changes in Control of Registrant) of such form (and in any event excluding, for the avoidance of
doubt, the financial statements, pro forma financial information and exhibits, if any, that would be required by Item 9.01 (Financial Statements and Exhibits) of such form), within 15 days after the date of filing that would have been required for a
current report on Form 8-K. 
 In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, for so
long as the Notes remain subject to this paragraph (b), the Company will furnish to Holders thereof and prospective investors in such Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) (as in effect on
the Issue Date). In connection with this covenant, it being understood that the Company shall not be required to (a) comply with Section 302, Section 404 and Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or
related Items 307, 308 and 308T of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act; (b) provide the type of information contemplated by Rules 3-09, 3-10 or 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act or any schedules required thereunder, or in each case, any successor
provisions; (c) provide the type of information required by Regulation G under the Exchange Act; and (d) provide other information customarily excluded from an offering memorandum, including any information that is not
otherwise of the type and form currently included (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include items customarily incorporated by reference in an offering memorandum) in the offering memorandum relating to the Notes. 

(b) Substantially concurrently with the furnishing or making available to the Trustee of the information specified in paragraph (a) above
pursuant thereto, the Company shall also (1) use its commercially reasonable efforts (i) to post copies of such reports on such website as may be then maintained by the Company, or (ii) to post copies of such reports on a website
(which may be nonpublic) to which access is given to Holders, prospective investors in the Notes (which prospective investors shall be limited to “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act that
certify their status as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company), and securities analysts (to the extent providing research and analysis of investment in the Notes to investors and prospective investors therein) and market-making
financial institutions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or (iii) otherwise to provide substantially comparable availability of such reports (as determined by the Company in good faith) (it being understood that, without limitation,
making such reports available on Bloomberg or another private 

  
 78 













 
electronic information service shall constitute substantially comparable availability), or (2) to the extent the Company determines in good faith that it cannot make such reports available
in the manner described in the preceding clause (1) after the use of its commercially reasonable efforts, furnish such reports to the Holders of the Notes, upon their request; provided that the Company may deny access to any
competitively-sensitive information and reports otherwise to be provided pursuant to this paragraph that is a competitor of the Company and its Subsidiaries to the extent that the Company determines in good faith that the provision of such
information and reports to such Person would be competitively harmful to the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Company may condition the delivery of any such reports to such Holders, prospective investors in the Notes and securities analysts and
market making financial institutions on the agreement of such Persons to (i) treat all such reports (and the information contained therein) and information as confidential, (ii) not use such reports (and the information contained therein)
and information for any purpose other than their investment or potential investment in the Notes and (iii) not publicly disclose any such reports (and the information contained therein) and information. 

(c) If, at any time, any audited or reviewed financial statements or information required to be included in any such statement or filing
pursuant to paragraph (a) above are not reasonably available on a timely basis as a result of the Company’s accountants not being “independent” (as defined pursuant to the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC
thereunder), the Company may, in lieu of making such filing or transmitting or making available the financial statements or information, documents and reports so required to be filed, transmitted or made available, as the case may be, elect to make
a filing on an alternative form or transmit or make available unaudited or unreviewed financial statements or information substantially similar to such required audited or reviewed financial statements or information; provided that
(i) the Company shall in any event be required to make such filing and so transmit or make available, as applicable, such audited or reviewed financial statements or information no later than the first anniversary of the date on which the same
was otherwise required pursuant to the preceding provisions of this paragraph (such initial date, the “Reporting Date”) and (ii) if the Company makes such an election and such filing has not been made, or such information,
documents and reports have not been transmitted or made available, as the case may be, within 90 days after such Reporting Date, liquidated damages will accrue on the Notes at a rate of 0.50% per annum from the date that is 90 days after such
Reporting Date to the earlier of (x) the date on which such filing has been made, or such information, documents and reports have been transmitted or made available, as the case may be, and (y) the first anniversary of such Reporting Date
(provided that not more than 0.50% per annum in liquidated damages shall be payable for any period regardless of the number of such elections by the Company). The Trustee shall have no independent responsibility to determine if liquidated
damages are due or the amount of any such liquidated damages. 
 The Company may satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to
financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to a Parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the
information relating to such Parent (and other Parents included in such information, if any), on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand. For the avoidance of
doubt, the consolidating information referred to in the proviso in the preceding sentence need not be audited.  

  
 79 













 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, if the Company or any Parent has
furnished the Holders of Notes or filed with the SEC the reports described in the preceding paragraphs with respect to the Company or any Parent, the Company shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions of this covenant. 

Subject to Article VII, delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under this Section 405
is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt (or constructive receipt) of the foregoing shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including
the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate). Subject to Article VII, the Trustee is not obligated to confirm that the Company has
complied with its obligations contained in this Section 405 to file such reports with the SEC or post such reports and information on its website. 

Section 406. Statement as to Default. Each Issuer and the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of
each fiscal year of the Company commencing with the Company’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2019, an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that to the best knowledge of the signer thereof (on behalf of such Issuer or the Company, as
applicable) such Issuer or the Company, as applicable, is or is not in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture applicable to such Issuer or the Company, as applicable (without regard
to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if such Issuer or the Company, as applicable, shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which such signer may have knowledge. 

Section 407. Limitation on Indebtedness. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Indebtedness; provided, however, that the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness if on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the Incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than 2.00:1.00. 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 407(a), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur the following
Indebtedness: 
 (i) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility (including but not limited to in respect of
letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created thereunder) and Indebtedness Incurred other than pursuant to any Credit Facility, and (without limiting the foregoing), in each case, any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof,
either (I) in a maximum principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding in the aggregate the amount equal to (A) $2,980.0 million, plus (B) the amount equal to the greater of (x) $1,900.0 million and (y) an amount
equal to (1) the North American Borrowing Base less (2) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred by Special Purpose Entities that are Domestic Subsidiaries and then outstanding pursuant to
Section 407(b)(ix), plus (C) in the event of any refinancing of any such Indebtedness, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses (including accrued and unpaid interest)
Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing or (II) if on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness (other than any 

  
 80 













 
such Refinancing Indebtedness), after giving effect to such Incurrence (or, at the Company’s option, on the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness or entry into the definitive
agreement providing the commitment to fund such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness (such committed amount, a “Ratio Tested Committed Amount”), in which
case such Ratio Tested Committed Amount may thereafter be borrowed and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without further compliance with this clause) the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio would be equal to or less than 4.50:1.00;
and (in the case of this subclause (II)) any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to any such Indebtedness (or Ratio Tested Committed Amount); 

(ii) Indebtedness (A) of any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company, or (B) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of this Section 407(b)(ii), any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary to which such Indebtedness is owed, or other
event, that results in such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) will be deemed, in each case, an Incurrence of such
Indebtedness by the issuer thereof not permitted by this Section 407(b)(ii); 
 (iii) Indebtedness
represented by the Notes (other than Additional Notes), any Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities described in Section 407(b)(i)) outstanding (or Incurred pursuant to any commitment
outstanding) on the Issue Date and any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness (or unutilized commitments) described in this Section 407(b)(iii) or Section 407(a) above;

 (iv) Purchase Money Obligations, Capitalized Lease Obligations, and in each case any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect
thereto; provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Purchase Money Obligations Incurred to finance the acquisition of Capital Stock of any Person at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause shall not exceed an amount equal to
the greater of $350.0 million and 40.0% of LTM EBITDA; 
 (v) Indebtedness (A) supported by a letter of credit
issued pursuant to any Credit Facility in a principal amount not exceeding the face amount of such letter of credit or (B) consisting of accommodation guarantees for the benefit of trade creditors of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (vi) (A) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or any other obligation
or liability of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in violation of this Section 407), or (B) without
limiting Section 413, Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising by reason of any Lien granted by or applicable to such Person securing Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other
than any Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in violation of this Section 407); 

  
 81 













 (vii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
(A) arising from the honoring of a check, draft or similar instrument of such Person drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, or (B) consisting of guarantees, indemnities, obligations in respect of earnouts,
deferred purchase price, or other purchase price adjustments, or similar obligations, Incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or Person; 

(viii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of (A) letters of credit, bankers’
acceptances or other similar instruments or obligations issued, or relating to liabilities or obligations incurred, in the ordinary course of business (including those issued to governmental entities in connection with self-insurance under
applicable workers’ compensation statutes), (B) completion guarantees, surety, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations, provided, or relating to liabilities or obligations incurred, in the
ordinary course of business, (C) Hedging Obligations, (D) Management Guarantees or Management Indebtedness, (E) the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business, (F) take-or-pay obligations under supply arrangements incurred in the ordinary course of business, (G) netting, overdraft protection and other arrangements arising under standard business terms of
any bank at which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary maintains an overdraft, cash pooling or other similar facility or arrangement, (H) Junior Capital in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding the greater of
$315.0 million and 35.0% of LTM EBITDA or (I) Bank Products Obligations; 
 (ix) Indebtedness (A) of a Special
Purpose Subsidiary secured by a Lien on all or part of the assets disposed of in, or otherwise Incurred in connection with, a Financing Disposition or (B) otherwise Incurred in connection with a Special Purpose Financing; provided that
(1) such Indebtedness is not recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary (other than with respect to Special Purpose Financing Undertakings); (2) in the event such Indebtedness shall become
recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary (other than with respect to Special Purpose Financing Undertakings), such Indebtedness will be deemed to be, and must be classified by the Company as,
Incurred at such time (or at the time initially Incurred) under one or more of the other provisions of this Section 407 for so long as such Indebtedness shall be so recourse; and (3) in the event that at any time
thereafter such Indebtedness shall comply with the provisions of the preceding subclause (1), the Company may classify such Indebtedness in whole or in part as Incurred under this Section 407(b)(ix); 

(x) Indebtedness of (A) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred to finance or refinance, or otherwise Incurred
in connection with, any acquisition of assets (including Capital Stock), business or Person, or any merger or consolidation of any Person with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (B) any Person that is acquired by or merged or
consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including Indebtedness thereof Incurred in connection with any such acquisition, merger or consolidation); provided that on the date of such acquisition, merger or
consolidation, after giving effect thereto, either (1) the Company would have a Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio equal to or less than 5.00:1.00 or (2) the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio of the Company would equal or be less than the
Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to giving effect thereto; and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to any such Indebtedness; 

  
 82 













 (xi) Contribution Indebtedness and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect
thereto; 
 (xii) Indebtedness issuable upon the conversion or exchange of shares of Disqualified Stock issued in accordance
with Section 407(a), and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto; 
 (xiii) Indebtedness
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding an amount equal to the greater of $500.0 million and 55.0% of LTM EBITDA; 

(xiv) Indebtedness (A) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred as consideration in connection with any
acquisition of assets (including Capital Stock), business or Person, or any merger or consolidation of any Person with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto, in an aggregate principal
amount at any time outstanding not exceeding an amount equal to the greater of $500.0 million and 55.0% of LTM EBITDA or (B) constituted Acquired Indebtedness; 

(xv) Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding an amount
equal to (A) the greater of $500.0 million and 55.0% of Foreign LTM EBITDA plus (B) an amount equal (but not less than zero) to (1) the Foreign Borrowing Base less the Foreign Borrowing Base as calculated on September 30,
2019 less (2) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred by Special Purpose Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries and then outstanding pursuant to clause (ix) of this paragraph (b) in excess of the amount set forth
in the immediately preceding clause (1) plus (C) in the event of any refinancing of any Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (x), the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses (including accrued
and unpaid interest) incurred in connection with such refinancing; 
 (xvi) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding
principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause and then outstanding, will not exceed the Available RP Capacity Amount (determined on the date of such incurrence); 

(xvii) any obligation, or guaranty of any obligation, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to reimburse or indemnify a
Person extending credit to customers of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice for all or any portion of the amounts payable by such customers to the Person extending such
credit; and 
 (xviii) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent that the net
proceeds thereof are promptly deposited with the Trustee to satisfy or discharge the Notes or exercise the Issuer’s legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, in each case, in accordance with this Indenture. 

  
 83 













 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any
particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 407, (i) any other obligation of the obligor on such Indebtedness (or of any other Person who could have Incurred such Indebtedness under
this Section 407) arising under any Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation supporting such Indebtedness shall be disregarded to the extent that such
Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation secures the principal amount of such Indebtedness; (ii) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of
Indebtedness described in Section 407(b), the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify and reclassify such item of Indebtedness and may include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of the clauses
or subclauses of Section 407(b) (including in part under one such clause or subclause and in part under another such clause or subclause); provided that (if the Company shall so determine) any Indebtedness Incurred
pursuant to Section 407(b)(iv), Section 407(b)(vii)(H), Section 407(b)(xiii), Section 407(b)(xiv) or Section 407(b)(xv)
shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of such clause but shall be deemed Incurred for the purposes of Section 407(a) from and after the first date on which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
could have Incurred such Indebtedness under Section 407(a) without reliance on such clause; (iii) in the event that Indebtedness could be Incurred in part under Section 407(a), the Company, in
its sole discretion, may classify and reclassify a portion of such Indebtedness as having been Incurred under Section 407(a) and the remainder of such Indebtedness as having been Incurred under
Section 407(b); (iv) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof shall be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP;
(v) the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under any clause of Section 407(b) shall be determined after giving effect to the application of proceeds of any such Indebtedness to refinance any such other
Indebtedness; (vi) if any Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance Indebtedness initially Incurred (or, Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness initially Incurred) in reliance on any provision of Section 407(b)
measured by reference to a percentage of LTM EBITDA at the time of Incurrence or Foreign LTM EBITDA at the time of Incurrence, and such refinancing would cause such percentage of LTM EBITDA or Foreign LTM EBITDA, as applicable, to be exceeded if
calculated based on the LTM EBITDA or Foreign LTM EBITDA, as applicable, on the date of such refinancing, such percentage of LTM EBITDA or Foreign LTM EBITDA, as applicable, shall not be deemed to be exceeded (and such refinancing Indebtedness shall
be deemed permitted) so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and
expenses (including accrued and unpaid interest) Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing; (vii) if any Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance Indebtedness initially Incurred (or, Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness
initially Incurred) in reliance on any provision of Section 407(b) measured by a dollar amount, such dollar amount shall not be deemed to be exceeded (and such refinancing Indebtedness shall be deemed permitted) to the
extent the principal amount of such newly Incurred Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses (including
accrued and unpaid interest) Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing and (viii) for all purposes herein, including for 

  
 84 













 
purposes of calculating the Consolidated Coverage Ratio, the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio, as applicable, in connection with the incurrence,
issuance or assumption of any Indebtedness pursuant to the paragraphs (a) or (b) above or the incurrence or creation of any Lien pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Liens,” the Company may elect, at its option, to treat all
or any portion of the committed amount of any Indebtedness (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) which is to be incurred (or any commitment in respect thereof) or secured by such Lien, as the
case may be (any such committed amount elected until revoked as described below, the “Reserved Indebtedness Amount”), as being incurred as of such Election Date (as defined below), and, if such Consolidated Coverage Ratio, the
Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio or other provision herein, as applicable, is complied with (or satisfied) with respect thereto on such Election Date, any subsequent borrowing or reborrowing thereunder (and
the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) will be deemed to be permitted under this covenant or the definition of “Permitted Liens,” as applicable, whether or not the Consolidated Coverage
Ratio, the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio or other provision herein, as applicable, at the actual time of any subsequent borrowing or reborrowing (or issuance or creation of letters of credit or
bankers’ acceptances thereunder) is complied with (or satisfied) for all purposes (including as to the absence of any continuing Default or Event of Default); provided that for purposes of subsequent calculations of the Consolidated Coverage
Ratio, the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio or other provision herein, as applicable, the Reserved Indebtedness Amount shall be deemed to be outstanding, whether or not such amount is actually outstanding,
for so long as such commitments are outstanding or until the Company revokes an election of a Reserved Indebtedness Amount. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date under the Senior Credit
Facilities shall be classified as Incurred under Section 407(b), and not under Section 407(a). 

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any provision of Section 407(b) (or any category of Permitted Liens
described in the definition thereof) measured by a dollar amount or by reference to a percentage of LTM EBITDA or Foreign LTM EBITDA, in each case, for the Incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens securing Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency,
the dollar equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness Incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or
first committed, in the case of revolving or deferred draw Indebtedness; provided that (x) the dollar equivalent principal amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date shall be calculated based on the relevant currency
exchange rate in effect on the Issue Date, (v) if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency (or in a different currency from such Indebtedness so being Incurred), and such refinancing would
cause the applicable provision of Section 407(b) (or category of Permitted Liens) measured by a dollar amount or by reference to a percentage of LTM EBITDA or Foreign LTM EBITDA, as applicable, to be exceeded if calculated
at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such provision of Section 407(b) (or category of Permitted Liens) measured by a dollar amount or by reference to a percentage of LTM EBITDA
or Foreign LTM EBITDA, as applicable, shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the outstanding or committed principal amount (whichever is higher) of such
Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting 

  
 85 













 
discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses (including accrued and unpaid interest) Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing and (z) the dollar equivalent principal
amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency and Incurred pursuant to the Senior ABL Facility, the Senior Term Facility or the European ABL Facility shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on, at the
Company’s option, (A) the Issue Date, (B) any date on which any of the respective commitments under the Senior ABL Facility, the Senior Term Facility or the European ABL Facility, as applicable, shall be reallocated between or among
facilities or subfacilities thereunder, or on which such rate is otherwise calculated for any purpose thereunder, or (C) the date of such Incurrence. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred
in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such
refinancing. 
 Section 408. [Reserved]. 

Section 409. Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to (i) declare or pay any dividend or
make any distribution on or in respect of its Capital Stock (including any such payment in connection with any merger or consolidation to which the Company is a party) except (x) dividends or distributions payable solely in its Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) and (y) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to other holders of its Capital
Stock on no more than a pro rata basis, measured by value), (ii) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any acquisition
of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of options if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof), (iii) voluntarily purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise voluntarily acquire or retire for value,
prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations (other than a purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value in anticipation of satisfying a
sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement) or (iv) make any Investment (other than a
Permitted Investment) in any Person (any such dividend, distribution, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, other acquisition or retirement or Investment being herein referred to as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment after giving effect thereto: 
 (1) other than in the
case of (i) any Investment or (ii) amounts attributable to Section 409(3)(B)—(D) below, an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom); 

(2) other than in the case of (i) any Investment or (ii) amounts attributable to Section 409(3)(B)—(D)
below, the Company could not Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 407(a); or 

  
 86 













 (3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted
Payments (the amount so expended, if other than in cash, to be as determined in good faith by the Issuer) declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date and then outstanding would exceed, without duplication, the sum of: 

(A) (x) $100.0 million plus (y) 50.0% of the Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period (treated as one accounting
period) beginning on July 1, 2015 to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available (or, in case such Consolidated Net
Income shall be a negative number, 100.0% of such negative number); 
 (B) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the fair value
(as determined in good faith by the Company) of property or assets received (x) by the Company as capital contributions to the Company after July 1, 2015 or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Capital
Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) after July 1, 2015 (other than Excluded Contributions and Contribution Amounts) or (y) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after
the July 1, 2015 of Indebtedness that shall have been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or Capital Stock of any Parent, plus the amount of any cash and the fair value (as determined in
good faith by the Company) of any property or assets, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange; 

(C) (i) the aggregate amount of cash and the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of any property or
assets received from dividends, distributions, interest payments, return of capital, repayments of Investments or other transfers of assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Unrestricted Subsidiary, including dividends or other
distributions related to dividends or other distributions made pursuant to Section 409(b)(ix), plus (ii) the aggregate amount resulting from the redesignation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary
(valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”); and 
 (D) in the case of any
disposition or repayment of any Investment constituting a Restricted Payment (without duplication of any amount deducted in calculating the amount of Investments at any time outstanding included in the amount of Restricted Payments), the aggregate
amount of cash and the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of any property or assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary with respect to all such dispositions and repayments. 

  
 87 













 (b) The provisions of Section 409(a) do not prohibit any of the
following (each, a “Permitted Payment”): 
 (i) (x) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or
other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock of the Company (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Obligations made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in
connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the issuance or sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a
Subsidiary) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or a capital contribution to the Company, in each case other than Excluded Contributions and Contribution Amounts; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from such issuance, sale or
capital contribution shall be excluded in subsequent calculations under Section 409(a)(3)(B) and (y) if immediately prior to such acquisition or retirement of such Treasury Capital Stock, dividends thereon were
permitted pursuant to Section 409(b)(xi), dividends on such Refunding Capital Stock in an aggregate amount per annum not exceeding the aggregate amount per annum of dividends so permitted on such Treasury Capital Stock;

 (ii) any dividend paid or redemption made within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or of the giving of notice
thereof, as applicable, if at such date of declaration or the giving of such notice, such dividend or redemption would have complied with this Section 409; 

(iii) Investments or other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the amount of
Excluded Contributions; 
 (iv) loans, advances, dividends or distributions by the Company to any Parent to permit any Parent
to repurchase or otherwise acquire its Capital Stock (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof), or payments by the Company to repurchase or otherwise acquire Capital Stock of any Parent or the Company (including any
options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof), in each case from current or former Management Investors (including any repurchase or acquisition by reason of the Company or any Parent retaining any Capital Stock, option, warrant or other
right in respect of tax withholding obligations, and any related payment in respect of any such obligation), such payments, loans, advances, dividends or distributions not to exceed an amount (net of repayments of any such loans or advances) equal
to (x) (1) $50.0 million, plus (2) $25.0 million multiplied by the number of calendar years that have commenced since July 1, 2015, plus (y) the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company since July 1, 2015 from, or as a
capital contribution from, the issuance or sale to Management Investors of Capital Stock (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof), to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are not included in any calculation under
Section 409(a)(3)(B)(x), plus (z) the amount of cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or by any Parent and contributed to the Company) since July 1,
2015 to the extent such cash proceeds are not included in any calculation under Section 409(a)(3)(A); provided that any cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by any current or
former Management Investor in connection with any repurchase or other acquisition of Capital Stock (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) from any Management Investor shall not constitute a Restricted Payment for
purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Indenture; 

  
 88 













 (v) the payment by the Company of, or loans, advances, dividends or
distributions by the Company to any Parent to pay, dividends on the common stock, units or equity of the Company or any Parent in an amount not to exceed in any fiscal year of the Company the greater of (x) 6.0% of the aggregate gross proceeds
received by the Company (whether directly, or indirectly through a contribution to common equity capital) in or from a public offering (including from the IPO) and (y) 6.0% of Market Capitalization; 

(vi) Restricted Payments (including loans or advances) in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed an amount
(net of repayments of any such loans or advances) equal to the greater of $500.0 million and 55.0% of LTM EBITDA; 

(vii) loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent or other payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
(A) to satisfy or permit any Parent to satisfy obligations under the Management Agreements, (B) pursuant to any Tax Sharing Agreement, or (C) to pay or permit any Parent to pay (but without duplication) any Parent Expenses or any
Related Taxes; 
 (viii) payments by the Company, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions by the Company to any Parent
to make payments, to holders of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent in lieu of issuance of fractional shares of such Capital Stock; 

(ix) dividends or other distributions of, or Investments paid for or made with, Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities
of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (x) [reserved]; 

(xi) (A) dividends on any Designated Preferred Stock of the Company issued after the Issue Date; provided that at
the time of such issuance and after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.00:1.00, (B) loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent to permit dividends on any Designated
Preferred Stock of any Parent issued after the Issue Date if the net proceeds of the issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock have been contributed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate amount of
all loans, advances, dividends or distributions paid pursuant to this subclause (B) shall not exceed the net proceeds of such issuance of Designated Preferred Stock received by or contributed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
or (C) any dividend on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock; provided that at the time of the declaration of such dividend and after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be at least
2.00:1.00; 
 (xii) distributions or payments of Special Purpose Financing Fees; 

(xiii) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock, or of any Preferred
Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in accordance with the terms of Section 407; 

  
 89 













 (xiv) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition
or retirement of Subordinated Obligations (w) made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the Incurrence of, Indebtedness of the Company or Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 407, (x) from
Net Available Cash or an equivalent amount to the extent permitted by Section 411, (y) following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”),
but only if the Issuer shall have complied with Section 415 and, if required, purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing or repaying such
Subordinated Obligations or (z) constituting Acquired Indebtedness; 
 (xv) Investments or other Restricted Payments in
an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed an amount equal to Declined Excess Proceeds; 
 (xvi) payments or
distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law (including in connection with, or as a result of, exercise of dissenters’ or appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or action (whether actual, contingent or
potential)), pursuant to or in connection with a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or transfer of assets that complies with Section 501; and 

(xvii) any Restricted Payment; provided that on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Restricted Payment the
Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio would be equal to or less than 4.00:1.00; 
 provided that (A) in the case of
Section 409(b)(ii), Section 409(b)(v) and Section 409(b)(viii), the net amount of any such Permitted Payment shall be included in subsequent calculations of the amount of
Restricted Payments, (B) in all cases other than pursuant to clause (A) immediately above, the net amount of any such Permitted Payment shall be excluded in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments, and (C) solely
with respect to clauses Section 409(b)(vi) and Section 409(b)(xvii), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any such Permitted Payment after giving
effect thereto. The Company, in its sole discretion, may divide or classify any Investment or other Restricted Payment (or later divide, classify or reclassify in whole or in part in its sole discretion) as being made in part under one of the
clauses or subclauses of this Section 409, or one or more of the clauses or subclauses of the definition of “Permitted Investments” and in part under one or more other such clauses or subclauses (or, as
applicable, clauses or subclauses). 
 In connection with any commitment, definitive agreement or similar event relating to an Investment or
any committed amount of Indebtedness, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may designate such Investment or Indebtedness as having occurred or been incurred on the date of the commitment, definitive agreement or similar event relating
thereto (such date, the “Election Date”) if, after giving pro forma effect to such Investment or Indebtedness, as applicable, and all related transactions in connection therewith and any related pro forma adjustments, the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been permitted to make such Investment or incurred such Indebtedness, as applicable, on the relevant Election Date in compliance with this Indenture, and any related subsequent actual making of such
Investment or incurrence of such Indebtedness, as applicable, will be deemed for all purposes herein to have been made on such Election Date, including for purposes of calculating any ratio, 

  
 90 













 
compliance with any test, usage of any baskets hereunder (if applicable), Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Net Income and LTM EBITDA and for purposes of determining whether there exists any
Default or Event of Default (and all such calculations on and after the Election Date until the termination, expiration, passing, rescission, retraction or rescindment of such commitment, definitive agreement or similar event shall be made on a pro
forma basis giving effect thereto and all related transactions in connection therewith). 
 If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary makes
a Restricted Payment which at the time of the making of such Restricted Payment would in the good faith determination of the Company be permitted under the provisions herein, such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have been made in compliance
with this Indenture notwithstanding any subsequent adjustments made in good faith to Parent’s financial statements affecting Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Net Income or LTM EBITDA of Parent for any period. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, this Indenture does not restrict any redemption or other payment by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary made as a mandatory principal redemption or other payment in respect of Subordinated Obligations pursuant to an “AHYDO saver” provision of any agreement or instrument in respect of Subordinated Obligations, and the
Company’s determination in good faith of the amount of any such “AHYDO saver” mandatory principal redemption or other payment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes under this Indenture. 

Section 410. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not, and will not permit
any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock
or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company, (ii) make any loans or advances to the Company or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company (provided that dividend or liquidation priority between
classes of Capital Stock, or subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation, will be deemed not to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction), except any encumbrance or restriction:

 (1) pursuant to an agreement or instrument in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date, any Credit Facility, this
Indenture or the Notes; 
 (2) pursuant to any agreement or instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Capital
Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition
of assets from such Person, or any other transaction entered into in connection with any such acquisition, merger or consolidation, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction (except to the extent that such
Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transaction); provided that for purposes of this clause (2), if a Person other than the Company is the Successor Company with
respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes
such Successor Company; 

  
 91 













 (3) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (a “Refinancing
Agreement”) effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred or outstanding pursuant or relating to, or that otherwise extends, renews, refunds, refinances or replaces, any agreement or instrument referred to in clause (1) or (2) of
this Section 410 or this clause (3) (an “Initial Agreement”) or that is, or is contained in, any amendment, supplement or other modification to an Initial Agreement or Refinancing Agreement (an
“Amendment”); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than
encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by the Company); 

(4) (A) pursuant to any agreement or instrument that restricts in a customary manner the assignment or transfer thereof, or the
subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset subject thereto, (B) by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, (C) contained in mortgages, pledges or other security agreements securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent restricting the transfer
of the property or assets subject thereto, (D) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (E) pursuant
to Purchase Money Obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property or assets so acquired, (F) on cash or other deposits, net worth or inventory imposed by customers or suppliers under agreements entered into in the ordinary
course of business, (G) pursuant to customary provisions contained in agreements and instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business (including but not limited to leases and licenses) or in joint venture and other similar agreements
or in shareholder, partnership, limited liability company and other similar agreements in respect of non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiaries, (H) that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of
business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, or (I) pursuant to Hedging Obligations or Bank Products
Obligations; 
 (5) with respect to any agreement for the direct or indirect disposition of Capital Stock of any Person,
property or assets, imposing restrictions with respect to such Person, Capital Stock, property or assets pending the closing of such sale or disposition; 

(6) by reason of any applicable law, rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction
over the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their businesses, including any such law, rule, regulation, order or requirement applicable in connection with such Restricted Subsidiary’s status (or the status of any Subsidiary of such
Restricted Subsidiary) as a Captive Insurance Subsidiary; or 

  
 92 













 (7) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (A) relating to any
Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 407 (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less
favorable to the Holders of the Notes than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreements (as determined in good faith by the Company) or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to
the Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Company) and either (x) the Company determines in good faith that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect any
Issuer’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness, (B) relating to
any sale of receivables by or Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary or (C) relating to Indebtedness of or a Financing Disposition by or to or in favor of any Special Purpose Entity. 

Section 411. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Disposition unless: 

(i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person
assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair market value of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition, as such fair market value (on the date a
legally binding commitment for such Asset Disposition was entered into) may be determined (and shall be determined, to the extent such Asset Disposition or any series of related Asset Dispositions involves aggregate consideration in excess of $100.0
million) in good faith by the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive (including as to the value of all noncash consideration); 

(ii) in the case of any Asset Disposition (or series of related Asset Dispositions) having a fair market value (on the date a
legally binding commitment for such Asset Disposition was entered into) of $100.0 million or more, at least 75.0% of the consideration (excluding, in the case of each Asset Disposition (or series of related Asset Dispositions), any
consideration by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise, that are not Indebtedness) for such Asset Disposition, together with all other Asset Dispositions since the Issue Date
(on a cumulative basis) received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash; and 

  
 93 













 (iii) an amount equal to 100% (as may be adjusted pursuant to clause
(3) of the proviso to this clause (iii)) of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company (or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any Issuer), as the case may be) as follows: 

(A) first, either (x) to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects (or is required by the terms of any
Credit Facility Indebtedness, any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor), to prepay, repay or purchase any such Indebtedness or Obligations in
respect thereof or (in the case of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments) cash collateralize any such Indebtedness or Obligations in respect thereof (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary) within 450 days after the later of the date of such Asset Disposition and the date of receipt of such Net Available Cash, or (y) to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to invest in Additional
Assets (including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with an amount equal to Net Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 450 days from the later of the date of such Asset
Disposition and the date of receipt of such Net Available Cash or, if such investment in Additional Assets is a project authorized by the Board of Directors that will take longer than such 450 days to complete, the period of time necessary to
complete such project; 
 (B) second, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance
with clause (A) above (such balance, the “Excess Proceeds”), to make an offer to purchase Notes and (to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, or is required by the terms thereof) to purchase, redeem or
repay any other Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant and subject to Section 411(b) and Section 411(c) and the agreements governing such other Indebtedness; and

 (C) third, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clauses
(A) and (B) above (the amount of such balance, “Declined Excess Proceeds”), to fund (to the extent consistent with any other applicable provision of this Indenture) any general corporate purpose (including but not limited to
the repurchase, repayment or other acquisition or retirement of any Subordinated Obligations or the making of other Restricted Payments); 

provided, however, that (1) in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (A)(x) or
(B) above, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased;
(2) the Company (or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may elect to invest in Additional Assets prior to receiving the Net Available Cash attributable to any given Asset Disposition (provided that such investment shall be
made no earlier than the earliest of notice to the Trustee of the relevant Asset Disposition, execution of a definitive agreement for the relevant Asset Disposition, and consummation of the relevant Asset Disposition) and deem the amount so invested
to be applied pursuant to and in accordance with clause (A)(y) above with respect to such Asset Disposition; and (3) the foregoing percentage in this Section 411(a)(iii) shall be reduced to 50.0% if the Consolidated
Total Leverage Ratio would be equal to or less than 4.00:1.00 after giving pro forma effect to any application of such Net Available Cash as set forth herein (any Net Available Cash in respect of Asset Dispositions not required to be applied in
accordance with this clause (iii) as a result of the application of this clause (3) of this proviso shall collectively constitute “Total Leverage Excess Proceeds”). 

  
 94 













 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 411, the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to apply any Net Available Cash or equivalent amount in accordance with this Section 411 except to the extent that the aggregate Net Available Cash from all
Asset Dispositions or equivalent amount that is not applied in accordance with this Section 411 (excluding all Total Leverage Excess Proceeds) exceeds the greater of (a) $135.0 million and (b) 15.0% of LTM EBITDA. If
the aggregate principal amount of Notes and/or other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary validly tendered and not withdrawn (or otherwise subject to purchase, redemption or repayment) in connection with an offer pursuant to clause
(B) above exceeds the Excess Proceeds, the Excess Proceeds will be apportioned between such Notes and such other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, with the portion of the Excess Proceeds payable in respect of such Notes to
equal the lesser of (x) the Excess Proceeds amount multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such Notes and the denominator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and
the outstanding principal amount of the relevant other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and (y) the aggregate principal amount of Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn. 

For the purposes of Section 411(a)(ii), the following are deemed to be cash: (1) Temporary Cash Investments and
Cash Equivalents; (2) the assumption of Indebtedness of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock of the Company) or any Restricted Subsidiary and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on payment of the
principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition; (3) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Disposition, to the extent that the Company and
each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition; (4) securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the
transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days; (5) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (6) Additional Assets; and (7) any
Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an Asset Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this
clause, not to exceed an aggregate amount at any time outstanding equal to the greater of $170.0 million and 2.0% of LTM EBITDA (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured on the date a legally
binding commitment for such disposition (or, if later, for the payment of such item) was entered into and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value). 

(b) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of Notes pursuant to Section 411(a)(iii)(B), the
Issuer will be required to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an offer by the Issuer for the Notes (the “Offer”) at a purchase price of 100.0% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding,
the date of purchase in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription provided that the authorized denominations are maintained) set forth in Section 411(c). If the aggregate
purchase price of the Notes tendered pursuant to the Offer is less than the Net Available Cash 

  
 95 













 
allotted to the purchase of Notes, the remaining Net Available Cash will be available to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for use in accordance with
Section 411(a)(iii)(B) (to repay other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or Section 411(a)(iii)(C). The Issuer shall not be required to make an Offer for Notes pursuant to
this Section 411 if the Net Available Cash available therefor (after application of the proceeds as provided in Section 411(a)(iii)(A)) is less than the greater of (a) $135.0 million and (b)
15.0% of LTM EBITDA for any particular Asset Disposition (which lesser amounts shall be carried forward for purposes of determining whether an Offer is required with respect to the Net Available Cash from any subsequent Asset Disposition). No Note
will be repurchased in part if less than $2,000 in original principal amount of such Note would be left outstanding. 
 (c) The Issuer shall,
not later than 45 days after the Issuer becomes obligated to make an Offer pursuant to this Section 411, mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating: (1) that an Asset Disposition that requires the
purchase of a portion of the Notes has occurred and that such Holder has the right (subject to the prorating described below) to require the applicable Issuer to purchase a portion of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to
100.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date
falling prior to or on the purchase date); (2) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 10 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, except that such notice may be delivered more than 60 days prior to the purchase
date if the purchase is delayed as provided in clause (5) of this Section 411(c)); (3) the instructions determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 411, that a Holder must follow in
order to have its Notes purchased; (4) the amount of the Offer which amount may be contingent upon the Net Available Cash remaining following the application of Net Available Cash pursuant to Section 411(a)(iii)(A) and
(5) if such notice is mailed prior to the date the Net Available Cash attributable to such Asset Disposition is received, that such offer is conditioned upon receipt of such Net Available Cash and that the purchase date may, in the
Issuer’s discretion, be delayed until such time as the Net Available Cash is received. If, upon the expiration of the period for which the Offer remains open, the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the amount of
the Offer, the Issuer, acting together, shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer, acting together, so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 or integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof shall be purchased). 
 (d) Pending the final application of an amount equal to the Net Proceeds
pursuant to this Section 411, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such amount of Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility, including under the Senior Credit
Facilities, or otherwise invest such amount of Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. The Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, may elect to apply an amount equal to the Net Proceeds under clause
(A) above prior to receiving the Net Proceeds attributable to any given Asset Sale; provided that such investment shall be made no earlier than the earliest of notice to the Trustee of the relevant Asset Sale, execution of a definitive
agreement for the relevant Asset Sale and consummation of the relevant Asset Sale, and deem the amount so invested to be applied pursuant to and in accordance with clause (A) above with respect to such Asset Sale. 

  
 96 













 (e) To the extent that any portion of the Net Proceeds payable in respect of the Notes is
denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, the amount thereof payable in respect of the Notes shall not exceed the net amount of funds in U.S. Dollars that is actually received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, upon converting
such portion into U.S. Dollars. 
 (f) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 411, (i) to the
extent that any of or all the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale are received or deemed to be received by a Foreign Subsidiary (a “Foreign Disposition”) is (x) prohibited or delayed by applicable local law, (y) restricted by
applicable organizational documents or any agreement or (z) subject to other onerous organizational or administrative impediments, in each case, from being repatriated to the United States, the portion of such Net Proceeds so affected will not
be required to be applied in compliance with this covenant, and such amounts may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary so long, but only so long, as the applicable local law, documents or agreements will not permit repatriation to the
United States (the Company hereby agreeing to use reasonable efforts (as determined in the Company’s reasonable business judgment) to otherwise cause the applicable Foreign Subsidiary to within one year following the date on which the
respective payment would otherwise have been required, promptly take all actions reasonably required by the applicable local law, applicable organizational impediments or other impediment to permit such repatriation), and if within one year
following the date on which the respective payment would otherwise have been required, such repatriation of any of such affected Net Proceeds is permitted under the applicable local law, applicable organizational impediment or other impediment, such
repatriation will be promptly effected and the amount of such repatriated Net Proceeds will be promptly (and in any event not later than five Business Days after such repatriation could be made) applied (net of additional Taxes payable or reserved
against as a result thereof) (whether or not repatriation actually occurs) in compliance with this covenant and (ii) to the extent that the Company has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Proceeds of any Foreign
Disposition would have a material adverse Tax consequence (which for the avoidance of doubt, includes, but is not limited to, any prepayment out of such Net Proceeds whereby doing so the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any Parent or any of their
respective affiliates and/or equity owners would incur a material Tax liability), the Net Proceeds so affected may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary. The non-application of any prepayment
amounts as a consequence of the foregoing provisions will not, for the avoidance of doubt, constitute a Default or an Event of Default. 

(g) To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this
Section 411, the Issuer will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this covenant by virtue of compliance therewith. The Issuer may rely on any no-action letters issued
by the SEC indicating that the staff of the SEC will not recommend enforcement action in the event a tender offer satisfies certain conditions. 

Section 412. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction or
series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in
excess of $50.0 million unless (i) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are not materially less 

  
 97 













 
favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained at the time in a transaction with a Person who is not such an Affiliate and
(ii) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate consideration in excess of $100.0 million, the terms of such Affiliate Transaction have been approved by a majority of the Board of Directors. For purposes of this
Section 412(a), any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in this Section 412(a) if (x) such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the
Disinterested Directors or (y) in the event there are no Disinterested Directors, a fairness opinion is provided by a nationally recognized appraisal or investment banking firm with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. 

(b) The provisions of Section 412(a) will not apply to: 

(i) any Restricted Payment Transaction, 

(ii) (1) the entering into, maintaining or performance of any employment or consulting contract, collective bargaining
agreement, benefit plan, program or arrangement, related trust agreement or any other similar arrangement for or with any current or former management member, employee, officer or director or consultant of or to the Company, any Restricted
Subsidiary or any Parent heretofore or hereafter entered into in the ordinary course of business, including vacation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or other similar plans, programs or arrangements,
(2) payments, compensation, performance of indemnification or contribution obligations, the making or cancellation of loans in the ordinary course of business to any such management members, employees, officers, directors or consultants,
(3) any issuance, grant or award of stock, options, other equity related interests or other securities, to any such management members, employees, officers, directors or consultants, (4) the payment of reasonable fees to directors of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent (as determined in good faith by the Company, such Subsidiary or such Parent), or (5) Management Advances and payments in respect thereof (or in reimbursement of any expenses referred to in the
definition of such term), 
 (iii) any transaction between or among any of the Company, one or more Restricted Subsidiaries,
or one or more Special Purpose Entities, 
 (iv) any transaction arising out of agreements or instruments in existence on the
Issue Date (other than any Management Agreements referred to in Section 412(b)(vii)), and any payments made pursuant thereto, 

(v) any transaction in the ordinary course of business on terms that are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company, or are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained at the time in a transaction with
a Person who is not an Affiliate of the Company, 
 (vi) any transaction in the ordinary course of business, or approved by a
majority of the Board of Directors, between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of the Company controlled by the Company that is a joint venture or similar entity, 

  
 98 













 (vii) (1) the execution, delivery and performance of any Tax Sharing
Agreement and any Management Agreements, and (2) payments (x) for any management, consulting or advisory services, or in respect of financing, underwriting or placement services or other investment banking activities (if any), as may be
approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, (y) in connection with any acquisition, disposition, merger, recapitalization or similar transactions, which payments are made pursuant to the Management Agreements or are approved by a
majority of the Board of Directors in good faith, and (z) of all out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such services or activities, 

(viii) the Transactions, all transactions in connection therewith (including but not limited to the financing thereof), and all
fees and expenses paid or payable in connection with the Transactions, and 
 (ix) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or Junior Capital or any capital contribution to the Company. 
 Section 413.
Limitation on Liens. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock
of any other Person), whether owned on the date of this Indenture or thereafter acquired, securing any Indebtedness (the “Initial Lien”), unless contemporaneously therewith effective provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due
under this Indenture and the Notes or, in respect of Liens on any Restricted Subsidiary’s property or assets, any Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, equally and ratably with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of Subordinated
Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) such obligation for so long as such obligation is so secured by such Initial Lien. Any such Lien thereby created in favor of the Notes or any such Subsidiary Guarantee will be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) the release and discharge of the Initial Lien to which it relates, (ii) in the case of any such Lien in favor of any such Subsidiary Guarantee, upon the termination and discharge of such
Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the terms of Section 1303 or (iii) any sale, exchange or transfer (other than a transfer constituting a transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company that is
governed by Section 501) to any Person not an Affiliate of the Company of the property or assets secured by such Initial Lien, or of all of the Capital Stock held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or all or
substantially all the assets of, any Restricted Subsidiary creating such Initial Lien. 
 Section 414. Future Subsidiary
Guarantors. The Company will cause each Domestic Subsidiary that guarantees payment by the Company, any Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of any Indebtedness of the Company, any Issuer or any such Subsidiary Guarantor under either of the Senior
Credit Facilities (including by reason of being a borrower under the Senior ABL Facility on a joint and several basis with the Company, any Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor) or consisting of any Capital Market Indebtedness to promptly execute and
deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture or other instrument pursuant to which such Domestic Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the Notes, whereupon such Domestic Subsidiary will become a Subsidiary Guarantor for all purposes under this
Indenture. In addition, the Company may, at its option, elect to cause any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to guarantee payment of the Notes and become a Subsidiary Guarantor. 

  
 99 













 Section 415. Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control. 

(a) Upon the occurrence after the Issue Date of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Issuer of such
Notes to repurchase all or any part of such Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of repurchase; provided that if the repurchase date
is on or after the Regular Record Date and on or before the corresponding Interest Payment Date, then Holders in whose names the Notes are registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date will receive interest on the repurchase date;
provided further, however, that the Issuer of such Notes shall not be obligated to repurchase Notes pursuant to this Section 415 in the event that it has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes as
provided in Article X. 
 (b) In the event that, at the time of such Change of Control, the terms of any Credit Facility Indebtedness
constituting Designated Senior Indebtedness restrict or prohibit the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to this Section 415, then prior to the mailing of the notice to Holders provided for in
Section 415(c) but in any event not later than 30 days following the date the Company or the Issuer of such Notes obtains actual knowledge of any Change of Control (unless the Issuer of such Notes has exercised its right to
redeem all the Notes as provided in Article X), the Company shall, or shall cause one or more of its Subsidiaries to, (i) repay in full all such Credit Facility Indebtedness subject to such terms or offer to repay in full all such Credit
Facility Indebtedness and repay the Credit Facility Indebtedness of each lender who has accepted such offer or (ii) obtain the requisite consent under the agreements governing such Credit Facility Indebtedness to permit the repurchase of the
Notes as provided for in Section 415(c). The Company shall first comply with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence before the Issuer of any Notes shall be required to repurchase such Notes pursuant to the
provisions set forth in this Section 415. The Company’s or any applicable Issuer’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 415(b) or Section 415(c)
shall constitute an Event of Default described in Section 601(iv) and not under Section 601(ii). 

(c) Unless an Issuer has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes issued by it as described in Article X, such Issuer shall, not
later than 30 days following the date the Company or such Issuer obtains actual knowledge of any Change of Control having occurred, mail a notice (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating: 

(1) that a Change of Control has occurred or may occur and that such Holder has, or upon such occurrence will have, the right
to require such Issuer to purchase such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of
Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date falling prior to or on the purchase date); 

(2) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 10 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is
mailed, except that such notice may be delivered more than 60 days prior to the purchase date if the purchase date is delayed as provided in clause (4) of this Section 415(c)); 

  
 100 













 (3) the instructions determined by such Issuer, consistent with this
Section 415, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased; and 
 (4) if such
notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, that such offer is conditioned on the occurrence of such Change of Control and that the purchase date may, in such Issuer’s discretion, be delayed until such time as the Change of
Control has occurred. No Note will be repurchased in part if less than $2,000 in original principal amount of such Note would be left outstanding and all Notes tendered must be in increments of $1,000. 

(d) No Issuer will be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in
the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by such Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of
Control Offer. 
 (e) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of any series validly tender and
do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and any Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of such Issuer as described in Section 415(d), purchases all of the Notes of such series
validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, such Issuer or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to such Change of
Control Offer, to redeem all Notes of such series that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of such
redemption. 
 (f) To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, the
Issuer will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this covenant by virtue of compliance therewith. The Issuer may rely on any no-action letters issued by the SEC indicating that the staff of the
SEC will not recommend enforcement action in the event a tender offer satisfies certain conditions. 
 Section 416. Suspension of
Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Rating. 
 (a) If on any day following the Issue Date (a) the Notes have Investment
Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (b) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, then, beginning on that day (the “Suspension Date”) subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the
covenants listed under Section 407, Section 409, Section 410, Section 411, Section 412,
Section 414, Section 501(a)(iii) and Section 501(a)(iv) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”) will be suspended. During any period that the foregoing
covenants have been suspended, the Board of Directors may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries unless such designation would have complied with Section 409 as if
Section 409 would have been in effect during such period. 

  
 101 













 (b) If on any subsequent date one or both of the Rating Agencies downgrade the ratings
assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, the foregoing covenants will be reinstated as of and from the date on which the Company obtains actual knowledge of such rating decline (any such date, a “Reversion Date”). The
period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period.” Upon such reinstatement, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been Incurred under
the exception provided by Section 407(b)(iii). With respect to Restricted Payments made after any such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments will be calculated as if Section 409 had been
in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period. For purposes of Section 411, upon the occurrence of a Reversion Date the amount of Net Available Cash not applied in accordance with such covenant will be deemed to
be reset to zero. In addition, for purposes of Section 412, all agreements and arrangements entered into by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate of the Company during the Suspension Period prior to
such Reversion Date will be deemed to have been entered into on or prior to the Issue Date, and for purposes of Section 410, all contracts entered into during the Suspension Period prior to such Reversion Date that contain
any of the encumbrances or restrictions subject to such covenant will be deemed to have been existing on the Issue Date. The Subsidiary Guarantees of the Subsidiary Guarantors will be suspended during the Suspension Period. 

(c) During the Suspension Period, any reference in the definitions of “Permitted Liens” and “Unrestricted Subsidiary” to
Section 407 or any provision thereof shall be construed as if such covenant were in effect during the Suspension Period. 

Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred as a result of
any actions taken by the Company or any Subsidiary (including for the avoidance of doubt any failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants) or other events that occurred during any Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or
after that time arising out of events that occurred or actions taken during the Suspension Period) and the Company and any Subsidiary will be permitted, without causing a Default or Event of Default or breach of any kind under this Indenture, to
honor, comply with or otherwise perform any contractual commitments or obligations entered into during a Suspension Period following a Reversion Date and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. 

(d) The Company shall deliver promptly to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate notifying it of the occurrence of any Suspension Date or
any Reversion Date, but failure to so notify the Trustee shall not invalidate the occurrence of any Suspension Date or Reversion Date and shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default by the Company. The Trustee shall have no independent
obligation to determine if a Suspension Period has commenced or terminated or to notify Holders regarding the same. 

  
 102 













 ARTICLE V 

SUCCESSORS 

Section 501. When the Company May Merge, Etc. 

(a) The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, lease or otherwise transfer all or substantially all its assets to,
any Person, unless: 
 (i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) will be a
Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and
this Indenture by executing and delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture or one or more other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the
Successor Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing to
exist; 
 (iii) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, either (A) the Company (or, if
applicable, the Successor Company with respect thereto) could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 407(a), (B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company (or, if applicable, the Successor
Company with respect thereto) would equal or exceed the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction or (C) the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries would not be higher than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; 
 (iv) each Issuer and
each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary Guarantor that will be released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger) shall
have delivered a supplemental indenture or other document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, confirming, with regard to each Issuer, its obligations under the Notes, and with regard to a Subsidiary Guarantor, its
Subsidiary Guarantee (other than any Subsidiary Guarantee that will be discharged or terminated in connection with such transaction); and 

(v) the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect
that such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with the provisions described in this Section 501(a); provided that (x) in giving such opinion such counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to
compliance with the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) and as to any matters of fact, and (y) no Opinion of Counsel will be required for a consolidation, merger or transfer described in Section 501(c). 

  
 103 













 (b) No Issuer will consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, unless: 

(i) the resulting or surviving Person (the “Successor Issuer”) will be a Person organized and existing under
the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Issuer (if not the Issuer) will expressly assume all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture by executing and
delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture or one or more other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Event of Default exists; 

(iii) each applicable Guarantor (other than (x) any Guarantor that will be released from its obligations under its
Guarantee in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger) shall have delivered a supplemental indenture or other document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, confirming its
Guarantee (other than any Guarantee that will be discharged or terminated in connection with such transaction); and 
 (iv)
the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with the provisions described in this
Section 501(b); provided that (x) in giving such opinion such counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) and as to any matters of fact, and
(y) no Opinion of Counsel will be required for a consolidation, merger or transfer described in Section 501(c). 

Any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Company (or, if applicable, the Successor Company with respect thereto) or any Restricted
Subsidiary (or that is deemed to be Incurred by any Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) as a result of any such transaction undertaken in compliance with this Section 501, and any Refinancing
Indebtedness with respect thereto, shall be deemed to have been Incurred in compliance with Section 407. 
 (c)
Clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 501(a) and clause (ii) of Section 501(b) will not apply to any transaction in which the Company or any Issuer, as applicable, consolidates or merges with
or into or transfers all or substantially all its properties and assets to (x) an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Company or such Issuer, as applicable, in another jurisdiction or
changing its legal structure to a limited liability company, partnership or other entity or (y) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company so long as all assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction
(other than Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary) are owned by such Restricted Subsidiary and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after the consummation thereof. Section 501(a) will not apply to any transaction
in which any Restricted Subsidiary consolidates with, merges into or transfers all or part of its assets to the Company. Section 501(b) will not apply to any transaction in which any Restricted Subsidiary consolidates with,
merges into or transfers all or part of its assets to any Issuer. 

  
 104 













 There is no precise established definition of the phrase “substantially all” under
applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person. 

(d) For purposes of this Section 501, so long as at the time of any Minority Business Disposition or any Minority
Business Offering the Minority Business Disposition Condition is met, the Minority Business Assets shall not be deemed at any time to constitute all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, and any sale or transfer of all or any part of
the Minority Business Assets (whether directly or indirectly, whether by sale or transfer of any such assets, or of any Capital Stock or other interest in any Person holding such assets, or any consolidation or merger, or any combination thereof,
and whether in one or more transactions, or otherwise, including any Minority Business Offering or any Minority Business Disposition) shall not be deemed at any time to constitute a consolidation with or merger with or into, or conveyance, transfer
or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to, any Person. 
 Section 502. Successor Company or Successor
Issuer Substituted. The Successor Company or any Successor Issuer, as applicable, will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company or the applicable Issuer, as applicable, under this Indenture, and
thereafter the predecessor Company or predecessor Issuer, as applicable, shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture, except that the predecessor Company or predecessor Issuer, as applicable, in the case of a lease of all
or substantially all its assets shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes. 
 ARTICLE VI

 REMEDIES 

Section 601. Events of Default. An “Event of Default” means the occurrence of the following: 

(i) a default in any payment of interest on any Note when due, continued for a period of 30 days; 

(ii) a default in the payment of principal of any Note when due, whether at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon
required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise; 
 (iii) the failure by the Company or any Issuer, as the
case may be, to comply with its obligations under Sections 501(a) or Section 501(b), as applicable; 

(iv) the failure by the Company or any Issuer to comply for 30 days after the notice specified in the penultimate paragraph of
this Section 601 with any of its obligations under Section 415 (other than a failure to purchase the Notes); 

  
 105 













 (v) the failure by the Company to comply for (x) 180 days after the notice
specified in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 601 with any of its obligations under Section 405 (other than a failure to comply with an obligation under
Section 405(a) or Section 405(b) for which the Company (1) is entitled to elect to rely on the alternative obligations set forth in Section 405(d) and (2) has
elected to so rely on Section 405(d)) or (y) 60 days after the notice specified in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 601 with its other agreements contained in the Notes or this
Indenture; 
 (vi) the failure by any Guarantor to comply for 45 days after the notice specified in the penultimate paragraph
of this Section 601 with its obligations under its Guarantee; 
 (vii) the failure by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness
by the holders thereof because of a default, if the total amount of such Indebtedness so unpaid or accelerated exceeds the greater of $170.0 million and 20.0% of LTM EBITDA or their foreign currency equivalents; provided that no Default
or Event of Default will be deemed to occur with respect to any such Indebtedness that is paid or otherwise acquired or retired (or for which such failure to pay or acceleration is waived or rescinded) within 30 Business Days after such failure to
pay or such acceleration; 
 (viii) the taking of any of the following actions by the Company, any Issuer or a Significant
Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A) the commencement of a voluntary case; 

(B) the consent to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; 

(C) the consent to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or 

(D) the making of a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 

(ix) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief against the Company, any Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 

(B) appoints a Custodian of the Company, any Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property;
or 
 (C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company, any Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary; 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; 

  
 106 













 (x) the rendering of any judgment or decree for the payment of money in an
amount (net of any insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or within 90 days from the entry thereof, or to be received in respect thereof in the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) in excess of the
greater of $170.0 million and 20.0% of LTM EBITDA or their foreign currency equivalents against the Company or a Significant Subsidiary (including any Issuer), that is not discharged, or bonded or insured by a third Person, if such judgment or
decree remains outstanding for a period of 90 days following such judgment or decree and is not discharged, waived or stayed; or (xi) the failure of any Guarantee by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary to be
in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof or of this Indenture) or the denial or disaffirmation in writing by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary of its obligations under this
Indenture or any Guarantee (other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or such Guarantee or the release of such Guarantee in accordance with such Guarantee or this Indenture), if such Default continues for 10 days. 

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary
or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of
debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 

However, a Default under Section 601(vii) or Section 601(ix) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the Default and, with respect to Section 601(vii) and Section 601(ix), the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in
Section 601(vii) and Section 601(ix) after receipt of such notice; provided that a notice of Default may not be given with respect to any action taken, and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of
Default. Any time period in this Indenture to cure any actual or alleged Default or Event of Default may be extended or stayed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Any notice of Default, notice of acceleration or instruction to the Trustee to
provide a notice of Default, notice of acceleration or take any other action (a “Noteholder Direction”) provided by any one or more Holders (each a “Directing Holder”) must be accompanied by a written representation
from each such Holder delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee that such Holder is not (or, in the case such Holder is DTC or its nominee, that such Holder is being instructed solely by beneficial owners that are not) Net Short (a “Position
Representation”), which representation, in the case of a Noteholder Direction relating to the delivery of a notice of Default (a “Default Direction”) shall be deemed a continuing representation until the resulting Event of
Default is cured or otherwise ceases to exist or the Notes are accelerated. In addition, each Directing Holder is deemed, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, to covenant to provide the Issuer with such other information as the Issuer
may reasonably request from time to time in order to verify the accuracy of such Noteholder’s Position Representation within five Business Days of request therefor (a “Verification Covenant”). In any case in which the Holder is
DTC or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial owner of the Notes in lieu of DTC or its nominee and DTC shall be entitled to conclusively rely on such Position
Representation and Verification Covenant in delivering its direction to the Trustee. 

  
 107 













 If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the
Notes, the Issuer determines in good faith that there is a reasonable basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the
Issuer has initiated litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such Directing Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Default, Event of Default or
acceleration (or notice thereof) that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to such Default or Event of Default shall be
automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter. If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but
prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer provides to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically
stayed and the cure period with respect to any Default or Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending satisfaction of such Verification Covenant. Any
breach of the Position Representation shall result in such Holder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and, if, without the participation of such Holder, the percentage of Notes held by the remaining Holders that
provided such Noteholder Direction would have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect that such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed never to have
occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default or Event of Default. 

Notwithstanding anything in the preceding two paragraphs to the contrary, any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the
pendency of an Event of Default as the result of a bankruptcy or similar proceeding shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs. 

However, a Default under Section 601(iv), Section 601(v) or
Section 601(vi) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30.0% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes (which contain such Default) notify the Company in writing of the
Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in such clause after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of
Default.” When a Default or an Event of Default is cured, it ceases. 
 Each applicable Issuer and the Company shall deliver to the
Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any Event of Default under Section 601(vii) or Section 601(x) and any event that
with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default under Section 601(iv), Section 601(v) or Section 601(vi), its status and what action such
Issuer and the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

  
 108 













 Section 602. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. If an Event of
Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 601(viii) or Section 601(ix) with respect to the Company or any Issuer) occurs and is continuing, unless otherwise specified for Notes
of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 301, the Trustee by written notice to the Company and such Issuer, or the Holders of at least 30.0% in principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes (which contain such Default) by written notice to the Company and such Issuer and the Trustee, in either case specifying in such notice the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a “notice of acceleration,”
may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon the effectiveness of such a declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 601(viii) or
Section 601(ix) with respect to the Company or any Issuer occurs and is continuing, unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by
Section 301, the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Outstanding Notes will ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
Holder. 
 The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes (which contain such Event of Default which has been
accelerated) by notice to the Company, the Issuer of Notes containing such Event of Default and the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events
of Default have been cured or waived except non-payment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of such acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any
right consequent thereto. 
 Section 603. Other Remedies; Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee may, but is not obligated under this Section 603 to, pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the
Notes or this Indenture. If an Event of Default specified in Section 601(i) or Section 601(ii) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an
express trust against the Issuer of such Notes for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 707. 

Section 604. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be
necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to any Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes, its creditors or its property and, unless prohibited by law or
applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments
to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its
agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 707. 

  
 109 













 No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or
consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any
Holder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 605. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes. All rights of action and
claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall
be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the
ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered. 
 Section 606. Application of
Money Collected. Any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money or property on
account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid: 

First: to the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 707; 

Second: to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and
interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest,
respectively; and 
 Third: to the Company. 

Section 607. Limitation on Suits. Subject to Section 608, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect
to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of
Default is continuing; 
 (ii) Holders of at least 30.0% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes (which contain such
Event of Default) have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy; 
 (iii) such Holder or Holders have offered to
the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (iv) the Trustee has not
complied with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (v)
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction inconsistent with the request within such 60-day period. 

  
 110 













 A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another
Holder, to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder or to enforce any right under this Indenture except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders. 

Section 608. [Reserved]. 

Section 609. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right
or remedy under this Indenture or any Note and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Issuer of such Notes, any other
obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the
Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted. 
 Section 610. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No
right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every
other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other
appropriate right or remedy. 
 Section 611. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder
of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article
VI or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 

Section 612. Control by Holders. The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes
(which contain the Event of Default for which a remedy is being enforced) shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on
the Trustee; provided that? 
 (1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this
Indenture, and 
 (2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such
direction. 
 However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to
Section 701, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other
action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and
expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 

  
 111 













 Section 613. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of not less than a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes (which contain such Default) may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past Default hereunder and its consequences, except a Default: 

(1) in the payment of principal of or interest on any Note (which may only be waived with the consent of each Holder of Notes
affected), or 
 (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that pursuant to the second paragraph of
Section 902 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected. 

Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for
every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. In case of any such waiver, any Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and
the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. 
 Section 614.
Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by such Holder’s acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of
any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Notes, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and
that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant.
This Section 614 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10.0% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes (which
contain the applicable Event of Default), or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note on or after the respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates
expressed in such Note. 
 Section 615. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. Each Issuer agrees (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury or other similar law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in
force, that would prohibit or forgive the Issuer from paying all or any portion of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Notes contemplated herein or in the Notes or that may affect the covenants or the performance of this
Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer
and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 

  
 112 













 ARTICLE VII 

THE TRUSTEE 

Section 701. Certain Duties and Responsibilities. 

(a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, 

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no
implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (2) in the absence of bad
faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to
the requirements of this Indenture, but need not verify the contents thereof. 
 (b) In case an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such
person’s own affairs. 
 (c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 701(a); (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith
in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 612. 
 (d) No provision of this Indenture shall
require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against
such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 701 and Section 703. 

Section 702. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and written notice of such Default has been provided to a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee must mail within 90 days after it occurs, to all Holders as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, notice of such Default hereunder known to the Trustee unless such Default shall have
been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the
board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders. 

  
 113 













 Section 703. Certain Rights of Trustee. Subject to the provisions of
Section 701: 
 (1) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting
upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper party or parties; 
 (2) any request or direction of any Issuer mentioned herein shall be
sufficiently evidenced by an Issuer Request or Issuer Order thereof, and any resolution of any Person’s board of directors shall be sufficiently evidenced if certified by an Officer of such Person as having been duly adopted and being in full
force and effect on the date of such certificate; 
 (3) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall
deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an
Officer’s Certificate of the Company; 
 (4) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any
Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon; 

(5) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the
request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in
compliance with such request or direction; 
 (6) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or
matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document; 

(7) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or
through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder; 

(8) to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trustee shall not be liable to any Person for special, punitive, indirect,
consequential or incidental loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage; 

  
 114 













 (9) the permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this
Indenture shall not be construed as a duty unless so specified herein; and 
 (10) the rights, privileges, protections,
immunities and benefits given to the Trustee hereunder, including, without limitations, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its other capacities hereunder. 

Section 704. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the
Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the applicable Issuer, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as
to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder and that the
statements made by it in a Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 supplied to the Company and any other obligor upon the Notes in connection with the registration of any Notes or Guarantees
issued hereunder are and will be true and accurate subject to the qualifications set forth therein. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by any Issuer of any series of Notes or the proceeds
thereof. 
 Section 705. May Hold Notes. The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar or any
other agent of any Issuer, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and, subject to Section 708 and Section 713, may otherwise deal with such Issuer or its
Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other agent. 

Section 706. Money Held in Trust. Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to
the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Issuer. 

Section 707. Compensation and Reimbursement. Each Issuer agrees, 

(1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time the reasonable compensation agreed to by such Issuer in writing for all services
rendered by the Trustee hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); 

(2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of
its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct; and 

(3) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence
or willful misconduct on the Trustee’s part, arising out of or in connection with the administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the
exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. 

  
 115 













 No Issuer need pay for any settlement made without its consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld). The provisions of this Section 707 shall survive the termination of this Indenture or the resignation and removal of the Trustee. 

The Trustee shall have a claim prior to the Notes for payment of all amounts due the Trustee under this Section 707
on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, other than money or property held in trust to pay the principal of and interest on any Notes. 

Section 708. Conflicting Interests. If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the TIA, the
Trustee shall eliminate such interest, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee with such conflict or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the TIA and this Indenture. The Trustee shall
not be deemed to have a conflicting interest by virtue of being a trustee under this Indenture with respect to Initial Notes and Additional Notes, or a trustee under any other indenture between the Company or any Issuer and the Trustee. 

Section 709. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility. There shall at all times be one (and only one) Trustee hereunder. The
Trustee shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the TIA to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million. If any such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the
requirements of its supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 709 and to the extent permitted by the TIA, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined
capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 709, it shall resign immediately
in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article. 
 Section 710. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of
Successor. No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable
requirements of Section 711. 
 The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company
and each Issuer. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 711 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning
Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 The Trustee may be removed at any
time upon 30 days’ written notice by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the Trustee and to the Company and each Issuer. 

  
 116 













 If at any time: 

(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 708 after written request therefor by the Company
or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months, or 
 (2) the Trustee shall cease to be
eligible under Section 709 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder, or 

(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of
its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, 

then, in any such case, (A) the Company may remove the Trustee, or (B) subject to Section 614, any Holder who has been a
bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the
Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 711. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a
successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such
appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 711, become the successor Trustee and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee shall have been so
appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 711, then, subject to Section 614, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at
least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders
in the manner provided in Section 110. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office. 

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 710, each Issuer’s obligations under
Section 707 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 Section 711. Acceptance of
Appointment by Successor. In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such
appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the
retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of
the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder. 

  
 117 













 Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company and each Issuer shall execute any
and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to above. 

No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible
under this Article VII. 
 Section 712. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business. Any corporation into
which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially
all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder; provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VII, without the execution or filing of any paper
or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may
adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes. 

Section 713. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer. If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of any
Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA regarding the collection of claims against such Issuer (or any such other obligor) or realizing on certain property received by it in respect of
such claims. 
 Section 714. Appointment of Authenticating Agent. With respect Notes of any series the Trustee may appoint an
Authenticating Agent acceptable to the Issuer of Notes of such series to authenticate such Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which instrument shall be promptly furnished
to the applicable Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication (or execution of a certificate of
authentication) by the Trustee includes authentication (or execution of a certificate of authentication) by such Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any Note Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices
and demands. 

  
 118 













 ARTICLE VIII 

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY 

TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER 

Section 801. The Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders. The Issuer of each series of Notes will furnish or
cause to be furnished to the Trustee 
 (1) semi-annually, not more than 10 days after each Regular Record Date, a list, in
such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders of such series as of such Regular Record Date, and 

(2) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by such Issuer of any such
request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished; 
 provided, however,
that if and to the extent and so long as the Trustee shall be the Note Registrar, no such list need be furnished pursuant to this Section 801. 

Section 802. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders. The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is
reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list, if any, furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 801 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its
capacity as Note Registrar; provided, however, that if and so long as the Trustee shall be the Note Registrar, the Note Register shall satisfy the requirements relating to such list. None of the Issuer, any Guarantor or the
Trustee or any other Person shall be under any responsibility with regard to the accuracy of such list. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 801 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

 The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Notes, and the
corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the TIA. 
 Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the
same, agrees with the Issuer of such Note and the Trustee that neither such Issuer, nor the Trustee, nor any agent of any of them, shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made
pursuant to the TIA. 
 Section 803. Reports by Trustee. Within 60 days after each July 1, beginning with July 1,
2020, the Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the TIA at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto for so long as any Notes remain
outstanding. A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee or any applicable listing agent with each stock exchange upon which any Notes are listed, with the SEC and with the Company. The
Company shall notify the Trustee in writing when any Notes are listed on any stock exchange, but any failure to so notify the Trustee shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default by Company. 

  
 119 













 ARTICLE IX 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT OR WAIVER 

Section 901. Without Consent of Holders. Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes, each applicable Issuer, the Trustee and
(as applicable) any Guarantor may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes for any of the following purposes: 
 (1)
to cure any ambiguity, mistake, omission, defect or inconsistency, 
 (2) to provide for the assumption by a successor of the
obligations of the Company, any Issuer or a Guarantor under this Indenture or the Notes, 
 (3) to provide for uncertificated
Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, 
 (4) to secure the Notes, 

(5) to evidence a successor Trustee, 

(6) to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any
Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination or discharge is provided for under this Indenture or the Notes, 

(7) to add to the covenants of the Company or the Issuer for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power
conferred upon the Company or the Issuer, 
 (8) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Initial Notes or Additional Notes,

 (9) to conform the text of this Indenture (including any supplemental indenture or any other instrument pursuant to which
Notes are issued), the Notes (including any Additional Notes), or any Guarantee to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum, or, with respect to any Additional Notes and any supplemental indenture
or other instrument pursuant to which such Additional Notes are issued, to the “Description of Notes” section of the offering memorandum relating to the issuance of such Additional Notes solely to the extent that such
“Description of Notes” section provides for terms of such Additional Notes that differ from the terms of the Initial Notes, in accordance with Section 301, 

(10) to increase the minimum denomination of the Notes to equal the dollar equivalent of €1,000 rounded up to the nearest
$1,000 (including for purposes of redemption or repurchase of any Note in part), 
 (11) to make any change that does not
materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder under the Notes or this Indenture, or 

  
 120 













 (12) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the
qualification of this Indenture under the TIA or otherwise. 
 Section 902. With Consent of Holders. Subject to
Section 608, the Company, each applicable Issuer, the Trustee and (as applicable) any Guarantor may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) and the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by
written notice to the Trustee (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) may waive any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance by Company, any Issuer, or any Guarantor with any provision of
this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee; provided that (x) if any such amendment or waiver will only affect one series of Notes (or less than all series of Notes) then outstanding under this Indenture, then only the consent of the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including, in each case, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) shall be required and (y) if any such amendment or
waiver by its terms will affect a series of Notes in a manner different and materially adverse relative to the manner such amendment or waiver affects other series of Notes, then the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Notes of such series then outstanding (including, in each case, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) shall be required. 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 902, without the consent of Holders of at least 90% of the principal
amount of the Notes affected, an amendment or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 613, may not: 

(i) reduce the principal amount of the Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment or waiver; 

(ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note; 

(iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note; 

(iv) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the date on which any Note may be redeemed as
described in Section 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture; 
 (v) make any Note payable in money other than
that stated in such Note; 
 (vi) modify the legal right of any Holder of any Note to receive payment of principal of and
interest on such Note on or after the respective Stated Maturity for such principal or Interest Payment Date for such interest expressed in such Note, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective Stated
Maturity or Interest Payment Date; or 
 (vii) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions described in this
paragraph. 

  
 121 













 Any amendment, supplement or waiver consented to by at least 90% of the principal amount of
the Notes affected will be binding on any non-consenting Holder of the Notes affected. 
 It shall
not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 902 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance
thereof. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 902 becomes effective, the Company shall
mail to the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of
any supplemental indenture or the effectiveness of any such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Section 903. Execution of
Amendments, Supplements or Waivers. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or
immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it. In signing or refusing to sign such amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted or complies with this Indenture, that all conditions precedent to such amendment, supplement or
waiver required by this Indenture have been complied with and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is a valid and binding agreement of each Issuer, enforceable against such Issuer in accordance with its terms. For the avoidance of doubt, no
Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel shall be required on the Issue Date for the execution of any Note Supplemental Indenture, supplemental indenture pursuant to Sections 501(a)(i) or
Section 501(b)(i), as applicable, or Guarantor Supplemental Indenture. 
 Section 904. Revocation and
Effect of Consents. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or any Note that evidences all or any part of the same
debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. Subject to the following paragraph of this Section 904, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to
such Holder’s Note by written notice to the Trustee or the Company, received by the Trustee or the Company, as the case may be, before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate from the Company certifying that the
Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver. The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the
Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver as set forth in Section 108. 
 After an
amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder of Notes. 
 Section 905. [Reserved]. 

  
 122 













 Section 906. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or
waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee shall (if required by the Issuer of such Note and in accordance with the specific direction of such Issuer) request the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee shall (if required
by the Issuer of such Note and in accordance with the specific direction of such Issuer) place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer of such Note or the Trustee so
determines, such Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such
amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 ARTICLE X 

REDEMPTION OF NOTES 

Section 1001. Applicability of Article. Notes of or within any series that are redeemable in whole or in part before their Stated
Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 301) in accordance with this
Article X. 
 Section 1002. [Reserved]. 

Section 1003. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee. In case of any redemption at the election of the Issuer of such Notes of less
than all of the Notes of any series, such Issuer should, at least two Business Days (but not more than 60 days (except that such notice may be delivered more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date if the Redemption Date is delayed as provided in
Section 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture)), prior to the date on which notice is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 1005, notify the Trustee of such Redemption
Date and of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed, but failure to so notify the Trustee shall not invalidate any notice given in accordance with Section 1005 and shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default by
the Company. 
 Section 1004. Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed. Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series
in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 301, in the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made, in the case of global notes, in accordance with
procedures of the Depositary or, in the case of certificated Notes, by the Trustee not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date (except that such notice may be delivered more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date if the Redemption Date is
delayed as provided in Section 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture) on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate, in integral multiples of
$1,000, although no Note of $2,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. 
 The Trustee shall promptly notify the
Issuer of such Notes in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes
or portions thereof called for redemption. 

  
 123 













 For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions
relating to the redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Note that has been or is to be redeemed. 

Section 1005. Notice of Redemption. Subject to the final paragraph of Section 110, unless otherwise
specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 301, notice of redemption or purchase as provided in Section 1001 shall be given
electronically or, at the applicable Issuer’s option, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date (except that such notice may be delivered more than 60 days prior to the
Redemption Date if such notice is issued in connection with the defeasance of Notes pursuant to Section 1201 or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Section 1101 or of such
Notes pursuant to Section 1102, or if the Redemption Date is delayed as provided in Section 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture), to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed, at such Holder’s address
appearing in the Note Register. 
 Any such notice shall state: 

(1) the expected Redemption Date, 

(2) the redemption price (or the formula by which the redemption price will be determined), 

(3) if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the
portion of the respective principal amounts) of the Notes to be redeemed, 
 (4) that, on the Redemption Date, the redemption
price will become due and payable upon each such Note, and that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest thereon shall
cease to accrue from and after said date, and 
 (5) the place where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the
redemption price. 
 In addition, if such redemption, purchase or notice is subject to satisfaction (or, waiver by the Issuer of such Notes in its sole
discretion) of one or more conditions precedent, as permitted by Section 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in such Issuer’s discretion,
the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time (including more than 60 days after the date the notice of redemption was mailed or delivered, including by electronic transmission) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by
such Issuer in its sole discretion), or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been (or, in such Issuer’s sole determination, may not be) satisfied
(or waived by such Issuer in its sole discretion) by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date as so delayed. 

  
 124 













 The Issuer of such Notes may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and
the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. 
 Notice of such
redemption or purchase of Notes to be so redeemed or purchased at the election of the Issuer of such Notes shall be given by such Issuer or, at such Issuer’s request (made to the Trustee at least 15 days (or such shorter period as shall be
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee) prior to the Redemption Date), by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. Any such request will set forth the information to be stated in such notice, as provided by this
Section 1005. 
 The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been
given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the
proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. 
 Section 1006. Deposit of Redemption Price. On or prior to 12:00 p.m., New
York City time, on any Redemption Date, the Issuer of such Notes shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if such Issuer is acting as its own Paying Agent, such Issuer shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in
Section 403) an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and any accrued and unpaid interest on, all the Notes or portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date. 

Section 1007. Notes Payable on Redemption Date. Notice of redemption having been given as provided in this Article X, the
Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the redemption price herein specified and from and after such date (unless the Issuer of such Notes shall default in the payment of the redemption price or the Paying
Agent is prohibited from paying the redemption price pursuant to the terms of this Indenture) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of such Notes for redemption in accordance with such notice, such Notes shall be paid by the Issuer
of such Notes at the redemption price. Installments of interest whose Interest Payment Date is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes registered as such on the relevant Regular Record Dates according to
their terms and the provisions of Section 307. 
 On and after any Redemption Date, if money sufficient to pay the
redemption price of and any accrued and unpaid interest on Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with Section 1006, the Notes (or the portions thereof) called for redemption will cease to
accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes (or portions thereof) will be to receive payment of the redemption price of and, subject to the last sentence of the preceding paragraph, any accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes
(or portions thereof) to the Redemption Date. If any Note (or portion thereof) called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption
Date at the rate borne by the Note (or portion thereof). 

  
 125 













 Section 1008. Notes Redeemed in Part. Any Note that is to be redeemed only in
part shall be surrendered at the Place of Payment (with due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer of such note duly executed by, the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing) and such
Issuer shall execute and (upon receipt of an Authentication Order) the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in
aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered (or if the Note is a global note, an adjustment shall be made to the schedule attached thereto). 

ARTICLE XI 
 SATISFACTION AND
DISCHARGE 
 Section 1101. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. The Outstanding Notes and this Indenture shall be
discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of each Issuer, shall execute
proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of the Outstanding Notes and this Indenture, when 
 (i) either

 (a) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen
and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306, and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer of such Notes and thereafter
repaid to the Issuer of such Notes or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 403) have been cancelled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

(b) all such Notes not theretofore cancelled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation 

(1) have become due and payable, 

(2) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or 

(3) have been called for redemption, or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer of such Notes; 

(ii) each Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee money, U.S. Government Obligations or a
combination thereof, sufficient (without reinvestment) to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes of such Issuer not previously cancelled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest
to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be (provided that if such redemption shall be pursuant to Section 6(c) of the applicable
Notes Supplemental Indenture, (x) the amount of money or U.S. Government Obligations, 

  
 126 













 
or a combination thereof, that such Issuer must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited shall be determined using an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of such deposit, as
calculated by such Issuer in good faith, and (y) such Issuer must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional money in trust on the Redemption Date, as required by Section 1006, as necessary to pay the
Applicable Premium as determined on such date); 
 (iii) each Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then
payable hereunder by such Issuer; and 
 (iv) each Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel each to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Section 1101 relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with; provided that any such
counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)). 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, (a) the obligations of each Issuer to the Trustee under
Section 707 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 1101(ii), the obligations of the Trustee under Section 1103 shall survive such
satisfaction and discharge, and (b) if such satisfaction and discharge is effected through redemption in accordance with Section 1101(i)(b)(3), the provisions of Section 1007 shall survive
such satisfaction and discharge, and the other provisions of Article X (and Section 6 of each applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture) shall survive such satisfaction and discharge until the Redemption Date shall have occurred. 

Section 1102. Satisfaction and Discharge of Notes of a Series. The Outstanding Notes of any series shall be discharged and shall
cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of such Notes herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer of such Notes, shall execute proper
instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of the Outstanding Notes of such series, when 
 (i) either 

(a) all Notes of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes that have been destroyed, lost
or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306, and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer of such Notes and
thereafter repaid to such Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 403) have been cancelled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

(b) all Notes of such series not theretofore cancelled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation 

(1) have become due and payable, 

(2) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or 

  
 127 













 (3) have been called for redemption, or are to be called for redemption
within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer of such Notes; 

(ii) the Issuer of such Notes has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee money, U.S. Government
Obligations or a combination thereof, sufficient (without reinvestment) to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Notes not previously cancelled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and
interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be (provided that if such redemption shall be pursuant to Section 6(c) of the
applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, (x) the amount of money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, that the Issuer of such Notes must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited shall be determined using an assumed
Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of such deposit, as calculated by such Issuer in good faith, and (y) such Issuer must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional money in trust on the Redemption Date, as required by, as
necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as determined on such date); 
 (iii) the Issuer of such Notes has paid or caused to
be paid all other sums then payable hereunder by such Issuer; and 
 (iv) the Issuer of such Notes has delivered to the
Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of such Issuer and an Opinion of Counsel each to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Section 1102 relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Notes of
such series have been complied with; provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)). 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of the Notes of any series, if such satisfaction and discharge is effected through redemption
in accordance with Section 1102(i)(b)(3), the provisions of Section 1007 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge, and the other provisions of Article X (and Section 6 of each
applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture) shall survive such satisfaction and discharge until the Redemption Date shall have occurred. 

Section 1103. Application of Trust Money. Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of
Section 403, all money and/or U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 1101 or Section 1102 shall be
held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and
premium, if any) and interest on the Notes; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

  
 128 













 ARTICLE XII 

DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE 

Section 1201. The Issuer’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Company may, at its option,
at any time, elect to have terminated the obligations of the Company and each Issuer with respect to Outstanding Notes and to have terminated all of the obligations of the Guarantors with respect to the Guarantees, in each case, as set forth in this
Article XII, and elect to have either Section 1202 or 1203 be applied to all of the Outstanding Notes (the “Defeased Notes”), upon compliance with the conditions set forth
below in Section 1204 either Section 1202 or Section 1203 may be applied to the Defeased Notes to any Redemption Date or the Stated Maturity of the Notes. 

Section 1202. Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 1201 of the
option applicable to this Section 1202, the Company and each Issuer shall be deemed to have been released and discharged from its obligations with respect to the Defeased Notes and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have
been released and discharged from their obligations with respect to the Guarantees on the date the relevant conditions set forth in Section 1204 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Defeasance”). For this purpose,
such Defeasance means that each applicable Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the Defeased Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of
Section 1205 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, and each Issuer, and each of the Guarantors shall be deemed to have satisfied all other obligations under such Notes,
Guarantees and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following, which shall survive until otherwise terminated or
discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of Defeased Notes to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 1204 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of principal of and
premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) each Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Defeased Notes under Sections 304, 305, 306, 402, and 403, (c)
the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, including the Trustee’s rights (and each Issuer’s obligations) under Section 707, and (d) this Article XII. If the Company
exercises its option under this Section 1202, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. Subject to compliance with this Article XII, the Company may, at its
option and at any time, exercise its option under this Section 1202 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 1203 with respect to the Notes. 

Section 1203. Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 1201 of the option
applicable to this Section 1203, (a) the Company, each Issuer and the Guarantors shall be released from their respective obligations under any covenant or provision contained in Section 405,
Sections 407 through 415, the provisions of clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) of Section 501(a) and the provisions of clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 501(b)
shall not apply, and (b) the occurrence of any event specified in clause (iv), (v) (with respect to Section 405, Sections 407 through 415, inclusive), (vi), (vii), (viii) (with respect
to Subsidiaries), (ix) (with respect to Subsidiaries), (x) or (xi) of Section 601 shall be deemed not to be or result in an Event of Default, in each case with respect to the Defeased Notes on and after the date the
conditions set 

  
 129 













 
forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not to be “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction,
waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants or provisions, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such
Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Notes, the Company, each applicable Issuer and the other Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any
such covenant or provision, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or provision or by reason of any reference in any such covenant or provision to any other provision herein or in any other
document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 601, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Outstanding Notes shall be unaffected
thereby. 
 Section 1204. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The following shall be the conditions to application
of either Section 1202 or Section 1203 to the Outstanding Notes: 
 (1)
Each Issuer shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, in trust, money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient (without reinvestment), to pay and discharge the
principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Defeased Notes issued by such Issuer to the Stated Maturity or relevant Redemption Date in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes (provided that if such redemption
shall be pursuant to Section 6(c) of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, (x) the amount of money or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof that such Issuer must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited shall be
determined using an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of such deposit, as calculated by such Issuer in good faith and (y) such Issuer must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional money in trust on the
Redemption Date, as required by Section 1006, as necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as determined on such date); 

(2) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit; 

(3) Such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default or Event of Default under, this
Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company, any Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which it is bound; 

(4) In the case of an election under Section 1202, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel from Kirkland & Ellis LLP or other counsel in the United States to the effect that (x) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (y) since the Issue
Date, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm to the effect that, the Holders and beneficial owners of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize
income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on 

  
 130 













 
the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Defeasance had not occurred; provided that such Opinion of Counsel need not be delivered if
all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306, and (ii) Notes for whose payment
money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer of such Notes and thereafter repaid to the Issuer of such Notes or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 403) not
theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable, will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or have been called for redemption or are to be called for redemption within one year under
arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer of such Notes; 
 (5) In
the case of an election under Section 1203, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel from Kirkland & Ellis LLP or other counsel in the United States to the effect that the Holders and
beneficial owners of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the
same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; and 
 (6) The Company shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from Kirkland & Ellis LLP or other counsel in the United States, each to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this
Section 1204 relating to either the Defeasance under Section 1202 or the Covenant Defeasance under Section 1203, as the case may be, have been complied with. In rendering
such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this Section 1204 or as to any matters of fact. 

Section 1205. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to the
provisions of the last paragraph of Section 403, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or such other Person that would qualify to act as successor trustee
under Article VII, collectively and solely for purposes of this Section 1205, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 1204 in respect of the Defeased Notes shall be held in trust
and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due
thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

Each Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee and its agents and hold them harmless against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or
assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited by such Issuer pursuant to Section 1204, or the principal, premium, if any, and interest received in respect thereof, other than any such tax, fee or other charge
that by law is for the account of the Holders of the Defeased Notes. 

  
 131 













 Anything in this Article XII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall
deliver to each Issuer from time to time, upon Issuer Request from such Issuer, any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 1204 for such Issuer that, in the opinion of a nationally
recognized accounting or investment banking firm expressed in a written certification thereof to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
Subject to Article VII, the Trustee shall not incur any liability to any Person by relying on such opinion. 

Section 1206. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in
accordance with Section 1202 or 1203, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the
obligations of each Issuer and the Guarantors under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 1202 or 1203, as the case may be,
until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money and U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 1202 or 1203, as the case may be; provided, however, that
if any Issuer or any Guarantor makes any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, such Issuer or Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of
such Notes to receive such payment from the money and U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 Section 1207.
Repayments to Issuer. The Trustee shall pay to each Issuer upon Issuer Request any money held by it for such Issuer for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after the Stated Maturity or the Redemption
Date, as the case may be. After payment to any Issuer, Holders entitled to money must look to the Issuer of the applicable series of Notes for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person and all
liability of the Trustee or Paying Agent with respect to such money shall thereupon cease. 
 ARTICLE XIII 

GUARANTEES 

Section 1301. Guarantees Generally. 

(a) Guarantee of Each Guarantor. Each Guarantor, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably
and fully and unconditionally Guarantees, on an unsecured senior basis, the punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all monetary obligations of each Issuer (other than its own primary obligations in
its capacity as Issuer, if applicable) under this Indenture and the Notes, whether for principal of or interest on the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise (all such obligations guaranteed by such Guarantors being herein called the
“Guaranteed Obligations”). 
 The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will,
after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including, but not limited to, any Guarantee by it of any Credit Facility Indebtedness) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made
by or on behalf of any other 

  
 132 













 
Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in
the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law, or being void or unenforceable under any law relating to insolvency of debtors. 

(b) Further Agreements of Each Guarantor. 

(i) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that (to the fullest extent permitted by law) its obligations hereunder shall be
unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of any Issuer or any other Guarantor to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder, the absence of any action to
enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against any Issuer, any action to enforce the same, whether or not a notation
concerning its Guarantee is made on any particular Note, or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. 

(ii) Each Guarantor hereby waives (to the fullest extent permitted by law) the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of
payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of any Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against any Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that (except as otherwise
provided in Section 1303) its Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and this Guarantee. Such Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of
collection. Each Guarantor further agrees (to the fullest extent permitted by law) that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, on the other hand, subject to this Article XIII, (1) the maturity of the
obligations guaranteed by its Guarantee may be accelerated as and to the extent provided in Article VI for the purposes of such Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of
the obligations guaranteed by such Guarantee, and (2) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such
Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Section 1301 for the purpose of such Guarantee. Neither the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any obligation to enforce or exhaust any rights or remedies or to take any
other steps under any security for the Guaranteed Obligations or against any Issuer or any other Person or any property of any Issuer or any other Person before the Trustee is entitled to demand payment and performance by any or all Guarantors of
their obligations under their respective Guarantees or under this Indenture. 
 (iii) Until terminated in accordance with
Section 1303, each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against any Issuer for liquidation or reorganization, should any Issuer become insolvent or
make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of such Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated,
as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded 

  
 133 













 
or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on such Notes, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as
though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by
such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned. 
 (c) Each Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under its
Guarantee shall have the right to seek contribution from the applicable Issuer or any non-paying Guarantor that has also Guaranteed the relevant Guaranteed Obligations in respect of which such payment or
distribution is made, so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees. 
 (d) Each
Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that its Guarantee, and the waiver set forth in Section 1305, are knowingly made in
contemplation of such benefits. 
 (e) Each Guarantor, pursuant to its Guarantee, also hereby agrees to pay any and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under its Guarantee. 

Section 1302. Continuing Guarantees.  

(a) Each Guarantee shall be a continuing Guarantee and shall (i) subject to Section 1303, remain in full force
and effect until payment in full of the principal amount of all Outstanding Notes (whether by payment at maturity, purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition) and all other Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing,
(ii) be binding upon such Guarantor, and (iii) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Trustee, the Holders and their permitted successors, transferees and assigns. 

(b) The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any
payment which would otherwise have reduced or terminated the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder and under its Guarantee (whether such payment shall have been made by or on behalf of an Issuer, or by or on behalf of a Guarantor) is rescinded or
reclaimed from any of the Holders upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any Issuer, or any Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. 

Section 1303. Release of Subsidiary Guarantees. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1302,
Subsidiary Guarantees will be subject to termination and discharge under the circumstances described in this Section 1303. Any Subsidiary Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally be released from all obligations
under its Subsidiary Guarantee, and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect, (i) concurrently with any direct or indirect sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition (by merger,
amalgamation, consolidation, dividend distribution or otherwise) of any Subsidiary Guarantor or any interest therein, or any other transaction, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (including Section 411 and
Section 501), following which such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer 

  
 134 













 
a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) at any time that such Subsidiary Guarantor is (or, substantially concurrently with the release of the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary
Guarantor or if as a result of the release of the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor, will be) released from all of its obligations under its Guarantee of payment by the Company, the Issuer and all other Subsidiary Guarantors of any
Indebtedness of the Company, such Issuer and such other Subsidiary Guarantors under the Senior Credit Facilities (including by reason of ceasing to be a borrower under the Senior ABL Facility) or any Capital Market Indebtedness that (in the case of
such Capital Market Indebtedness) when initially granted resulted in such Subsidiary’s obligation to Guarantee the Notes pursuant to Section 414 (it being understood that a release subject to contingent reinstatement
is still a release, and that if any such Guarantee is so reinstated, such Subsidiary Guarantee shall also be reinstated to the extent that such Subsidiary Guarantor would then be required to provide a Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to
Section 414), (iii) upon the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary Guarantor with and into the Company, any Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon
the liquidation of such Subsidiary Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to the Company, any Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor, (iv) concurrently with any Subsidiary Guarantor becoming an Unrestricted Subsidiary or ceasing
to constitute a Domestic Subsidiary of the Company, (v) during the Suspension Period (it being understood that on a Reversion Date, such Subsidiary Guarantee shall also be reinstated to the extent that such Subsidiary would then be required to
provide a Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to Section 414), (vi) to the extent that such Subsidiary Guarantor is not an Immaterial Subsidiary solely due to the operation of clause (i) of the definition of “Immaterial
Subsidiary,” upon the release of the Guarantee referred to in such clause, (vii) upon Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of the Issuer’s obligations, or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to
Section 1101, (viii) subject to Section 1302(b), upon payment in full of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then Outstanding and all other Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing or
(ix) as described under Article IX. In addition, the Company will have the right, upon 10 days’ notice to the Trustee (or such shorter period as agreed to by the Trustee in its sole discretion), to cause any Subsidiary Guarantor that has
not guaranteed payment by the Company, any Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor of any Indebtedness of the Company, such Issuer or such other Subsidiary Guarantor under the Senior Credit Facilities or any Capital Market Indebtedness to be
unconditionally released from all obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect. 

Upon any such occurrence specified in this Section 1303, the Trustee shall upon receipt of an Officer’s
Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, at the Company’s expense, execute any documents reasonably requested by the Company in order to evidence such release, discharge and termination in respect of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee. 

Section 1304. [Reserved]. 

Section 1305. Waiver of Subrogation. Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights that it may now or
hereafter acquire against any Issuer that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture or such Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee and this Indenture,
including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder of Notes against such Issuer, whether or not such claim,


  
 135 













 
remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, until this Indenture is discharged and all of the Notes are discharged and paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to
any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders of the Notes,
and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied upon the Notes, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 

Section 1306. Notation Not Required. No Issuer or any Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any
such Guarantee or any release, termination or discharge thereof. 
 Section 1307. Successors and Assigns of Guarantors. All
covenants and agreements in this Indenture by each Guarantor shall bind its respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. 

Section 1308. Execution and Delivery of Guarantees. The Company shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become
a Guarantor pursuant to Section 414, and each Subsidiary of the Company that the Company causes to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 414, to promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a
Guarantor Supplemental Indenture, or a supplemental indenture otherwise in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing its Guarantee on substantially the terms set forth in this Article XIII. Concurrently therewith, the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such Guarantor Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized or permitted or complies with this Indenture, that all conditions precedent to such Guarantor Supplemental Indenture
required by this Indenture have been complied with and that such Guarantor Supplemental Indenture is a valid and binding agreement of the applicable Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms. 

Section 1309. Notices. Notice to any Guarantor shall be sufficient if addressed to such Guarantor care of the Company at the
address, place and manner provided in Section 109. 

  
 136 













 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, all
as of the date first written above. 
  

			
	UNIVAR SOLUTIONS USA INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Kerri Howard

		 	Name: Kerri Howard
		 	Title: Treasurer
	
	GUARANTORS:
	
	UNIVAR SOLUTIONS INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Carl J. Lukach

		 	Name: Carl J. Lukach
		 	Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	UNIVAR HOLDCO LLC
	UNIVAR HOLDCO III LLC
	CHEMPOINT.COM INC.
	PILATES MERGER SUB II LLC
	UNIVAR USA DELAWARE INC.
	UNIVAR DELAWARE INC.
	TPG ACCOLADE DELAWARE LLC
	NEXEO SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS LLC
	NEXEO SOLUTIONS SUB HOLDINGS LLC
	NEXEO SOLUTIONS LLC
	ARCHWAY SALES, LLC
	CHEMICAL SPECIALIST AND DEVELOPMENT LLC
	NEXEO SOLUTIONS FINANCE CORPORATION
	STARTEX DISTRIBUTION WEST LLC
	STARTEX CHEMICAL LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Kerri Howard

		 	Name: Kerri Howard
		 	Title: Treasurer


 [Signature Page to Indenture] 












 
			
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Patricia M. Trlak

		 	Name: Patricia M. Trlak
		 	Title: EVice President


 [Signature Page to Indenture] 












 EXHIBIT A 

Form of Initial Note1 

(FACE OF NOTE) 

[                
]2 
 [    ]% Senior Notes due 20[    ] 

 

			
	 CUSIP No. [        ]3 / [        ]4
	  	
	 No. _________         $_________


 [__________________, _________________]5 (and its
successors and assigns, the “Issuer”) hereby promises to pay to _________________, or its registered assigns, the principal sum of $_________________
([                ] United States Dollars) [(or such lesser or greater amount as shall be outstanding hereunder from time to time in accordance with Sections 312
and 313 of the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof)]6 (the “Principal Amount”) on
[                ], 20[    ]. The Issuer hereby promises to pay interest semi-annually in arrears on
[                ] and [                ] in each year, commencing
[                ], 20[    ], at the rate of [    ]% per annum (subject to adjustment as provided below), until the Principal
Amount is paid or made available for payment. [Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from the
Issue Date.]7 [Interest on this Note will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly
provided for or, if no such interest has been paid, from _____________, ____8.]9 Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be
paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the
[                ] or [                ] (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may
be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Note
(or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close 
  

 

	1 	 Insert any applicable legends as provided in Article II of the Indenture. 



	2 	 Insert name of Issuer. 



	3 	 Insert for Rule 144A Note only. 



	4 	 Insert for Regulation S Note only. 



	5 	 Insert name, form and jurisdiction of Issuer. 



	6 	 Include only if the Note is issued in global form. 



	7 	 Include only for Initial Notes. 



	8 	 Insert applicable date. 



	9 	 Include only for Additional Notes. 



  
 A-1 













 
of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not less than 10 days prior to such
Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully
provided in said Indenture. 
 Payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made at the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee, or such other office or agency of the Issuer maintained for that purpose; provided, however, that at the option of the Issuer payment of interest may be made through the Paying Agent by wire transfer or
immediately available funds to the account designated to the Issuer by the Person entitled thereto or by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Note Register. 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all
purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 
 Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the
Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. 

  
 A-2 













 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	[        	 	]10
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:


  
  

	10 	 Insert name of Issuer. 



  
 A-3 













 This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Officer


 Dated: 

  
 A-4 













 (REVERSE OF NOTE) 

This Note is one of the duly authorized issue of [    ]% Senior Notes due 20[    ] of the Issuer
(herein called the “Notes”), issued under an Indenture, dated as of November 22, 2019 (the “Indenture,” which term shall have the meaning assigned to it in such instrument), among Univar Solutions USA Inc., as
initial issuer, Univar Solutions Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, as parent guarantor (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time parties thereto, and U.S.
Bank National Association, in its capacity as Trustee (herein called the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective
rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Issuer, any other obligor upon this Note, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The
terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the maximum extent permitted by law, in the case of any conflict between the provisions of this Note and the
Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control. Additional Notes may be issued from time to time in one or more series under the Indenture and (except as provided in Section 902 of the Indenture) will vote as a class with the Notes
and otherwise be treated as Notes for purposes of the Indenture. 
 All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have
the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
 This Note may hereafter be entitled to certain other senior Guarantees made for the
benefit of the Holders. Reference is made to Article XIII of the Indenture for terms relating to such Guarantees, including the release, termination and discharge thereof. Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall be required to make any
notation on this Note to reflect any Guarantee or any such release, termination or discharge. 
 The Notes are redeemable, at the
Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, as provided in the Indenture and the [[                ] Supplemental Indenture, dated as of
[                ], 20[    ], [between][among] the Issuer, the Company[, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto] and the Trustee].11 The Indenture provides (as and to the extent set forth therein) that, upon the occurrence after the Issue Date of a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require that the Issuer
repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of such repurchase (subject to the right
of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date falling prior to or on the purchase date); provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obligated to repurchase
Notes in the event it has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes as provided in the Indenture. 
 The Notes will not be entitled to the
benefit of a sinking fund. 
  
  

	11 	 Revise to reflect appropriate parties. 



  
 A-5 













 The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire Indebtedness of
this Note or certain restrictive covenants and certain Events of Default with respect to this Note, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture. 

[If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes
may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.]12 The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the
modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors and the rights of the Holders of the Notes to be effected under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a
majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the
Holders of all Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer, the Guarantors and their Subsidiaries with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of
this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or
waiver is made upon this Note. 
 As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Note shall not have the
right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of
Default with respect to the Notes, the Holders of not less than 30.0% in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding (which contain such Event of Default) shall have made written request to the Trustee to pursue such remedy in respect of
such Event of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes at the time
Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute any such proceeding, for 60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of security or indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit
instituted by the Holder of this Note for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein. 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations and other provisions therein set forth, (a) the transfer of this Note is
registrable in the Note Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of Payment, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Issuer duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the
designated transferee or transferees, (b) the Notes are issuable only in fully registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, and (c) the Notes are exchangeable for
a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same. 

 

	12 	 Include unless otherwise provided in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing the applicable series of
Notes. 



  
 A-6 













 No service charge shall be made for any such registration, transfer or exchange, but the
Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. 

Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration or transfer, the Issuer, any other obligor in respect of this Note, the Trustee and any
agent of any of them may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and none of the Issuer, any other obligor in respect of this Note, the Trustee nor any such
agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, as such, of the Issuer,
any Guarantor or any other obligor in respect of any Note or any Subsidiary of any thereof shall have any liability for any obligation of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other obligor in respect of any Note under the Indenture, the Notes, or any
Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or its creation. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, hereby waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for
issuance of the Notes. 
 THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE ISSUER, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THIS NOTE AND (BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE) THE HOLDER HEREOF AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN
THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE, OR THE GUARANTEES. 

  
 A-7 













 [FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER] 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto 

Insert Taxpayer Identification No. 
  

			
	(Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee)	 	                                
		
	  
	 	
		
	  
	 	
	the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing	 	
		
	  
	 	
	attorney to transfer such Note on the books of the Issuer with full power of substitution in the premises.	 	

 Check One 
  

			
	[    ] (a)	  	this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Rule 144A thereunder.
	
	or
		
	[    ] (b)	  	this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

 If neither of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Note Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note
in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 313 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied. 

Date:                         
    
  

                          
           

  
 A-8 














			
		 	NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within-mentioned instrument in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.

 Signature Guarantee: ____________________________ 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which
requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 A-9 













 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on
Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon
the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

					
	Date:                                     
                               	 		 	                                      
                              
		 	        	 	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer


  
 A-10 













 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 411 or Section 415 of the Indenture, check
the box: [    ]. 
 If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to
Section 411 or Section 415 of the Indenture, state the amount (in principal amount) below: 
  

	
	 $_____________

	
	Date: ______________
	
	Your Signature: ______________
	
	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
	
	Signature Guarantee: ______________

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the
Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in
addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 A-11 













 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of
 Exchange
	  	 Amount of

decreases in
 Principal

Amount of this

Global Note
	  	 Amount of

increases in
 Principal

Amount of this

Global Note
	  	 Principal amount

of this Global

Note following such

decreases or increases
	  	 Signature of

authorized
 officer of

Trustee



  
 A-12 













 EXHIBIT B 

[Reserved] 

  
 B-1 













 EXHIBIT C 

Form of Certificate of Beneficial Ownership 

On or after [___________], 20[    ] 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 [address] 

	Attention:	 13  



 

			
		 	
Re:  [                
            ] (the “Issuer”)

		
		 	[    ]% Senior Notes due [    ], 20[    ] (the “[    ] Notes”)

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

This letter relates to $____________ principal amount of Notes represented by the offshore global note certificate (the
“Regulation S Global Note”). Pursuant to Section 313(3) of the Indenture dated as of November 22, 2019, relating to the Notes (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the
“Indenture”), we hereby certify that (1) we are the beneficial owner of such principal amount of Notes represented by the Regulation S Global Note and (2) we are either (i) a
Non-U.S. person to whom the Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S (“Regulation S”) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the “Act”) or (ii) a U.S. person who purchased securities in a transaction that did not require registration under the Act. 

You, the Issuer, and counsel for the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a
copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 

 

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	[Name of Holder]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signature


  
  

	13 	 Insert successor address or Trustee, as applicable. 



  
 C-1 













 EXHIBIT D 

Form of Regulation S Certificate 
 U.S.
BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 [address] 

	Attention:	 14  



 

			
		 	
Re:  [                
            ] (the “Issuer”)

		
		 	[    ]% Senior Notes due [    ], 20[    ] (the “Notes”)

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

In connection with our proposed sale of $________ aggregate principal amount of Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to
and in accordance with Regulation S (“Regulation S”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and accordingly, we hereby certify as follows: 

1. The offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States (unless such person or the account held by it for which
it is acting is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3) of Regulation S) or specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens
abroad. 
 2. Either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or we and any
person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market, and neither we nor any person acting
on our behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States. 

3. No directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or
Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable. 
 4. The proposed transfer of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme to
evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 
 5. If we are a dealer or a person receiving a selling
concession or other fee or remuneration in respect of the Notes, and the proposed transfer takes place before end of the distribution compliance period under Regulation S, or we are an officer or director of the Issuer or a distributor, we certify
that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rules 903 and 904 of Regulation S. 
  

 

	14 	 Insert successor address or Trustee, as applicable. 



  
 D-1 













 6. If the proposed transfer takes place before the end of the distribution
compliance period under Regulation S, the beneficial interest in the Notes so transferred will be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear (as defined in such Indenture) or Clearstream (as defined in such Indenture). 

7. We have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes. 

You, the Issuer, and counsel for the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this
Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 

 

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	[NAME OF SELLER]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		 	Address:


 Date of this Certificate: _____________________, 20__ 

  
 D-2 













 EXHIBIT E 

Form of Supplemental Indenture in Respect of Guarantee 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of [___________] (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among [name of Guarantor(s)] (the
“Guarantor(s)”), [name of Issuer[s]] ([collectively,] the “Issuer”), [name of Company] (the “Company”), and each other then-existing Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below (the
“Existing Guarantors”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below. 
 W I T N E S
S E T H: 
 WHEREAS, each Issuer, any Existing Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an Indenture, dated as of
November 22, 2019 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of Notes in series; 

WHEREAS, Section 1308 of the Indenture provides that the Company is required to cause the Guarantors to execute and deliver to the
Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guarantors shall guarantee [each] Issuer’s Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Article XIII of
the Indenture; 
 WHEREAS, each Guarantor desires to enter into such supplemental indenture for good and valuable consideration, including
substantial economic benefit in that the financial performance and condition of such Guarantor is dependent on the financial performance and condition of the Company and each Issuer, the obligations hereunder of which such Guarantor has guaranteed,
and on such Guarantor’s access to working capital through the initial Issuer’s access to revolving credit borrowings and term borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreements; and 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture
to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guarantors, [each] Issuer, the Company, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used
herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular
section hereof. 
 2. Agreement to Guarantee. [The] [Each] Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with [all] [any] other
Guarantors and fully and unconditionally, to guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article XIII of the Indenture and to be bound by (and shall be entitled
to the benefits of) all other applicable provisions of the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor. 

  
 E-1 













 3. Termination, Release and Discharge. [The] [Each] Guarantor’s Guarantee shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect, and [the] [each] Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all obligations in respect of such Guarantee, as and when provided in Section 1303 of the Indenture. 

4. Parties. Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Holders and the
Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of [the] [each] Guarantor’s Guarantee or any provision contained herein or in Article XIII of the Indenture. 

5. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
THE TRUSTEE, EACH ISSUER, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY
OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE. 
 6. Ratification of Indenture;
Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental
Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of
this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture. 
 7. Counterparts. The parties
hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

8. Headings. The section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or
interpretation of any provisions hereof. 

  
 E-2 













 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	 [NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)],
 as
Guarantor

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	UNIVAR SOLUTIONS USA INC.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	UNIVAR SOLUTIONS INC.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Officer



  
 E-3 













 EXHIBIT F 

Form of Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investors 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 [address] 

 

	Attention:	 15  



 

			
		 	 Re:  [__________] (the “Issuer”)

		
		 	    [                 ]% Senior Notes due [    ], 20[    ] (the
“Notes”)

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

In connection with our proposed sale of $ aggregate principal amount of Notes, we confirm that: 

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture dated
as of November 22, 2019, relating to the Notes (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”) and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes
except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law, and that the Notes
may not be offered, sold or otherwise transferred except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should offer, sell, transfer,
pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any Notes within one year after the original issuance of the Notes, we will do so only (A) to the Issuer, (B) inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” in compliance
with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (C) inside the United States to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes to you a signed letter substantially in the form of this
letter, (D) outside the United States to a foreign person in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available),
or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as
stated herein and in the Indenture. 
 3. We understand that, on any proposed transfer of any Notes prior to the later of the original issue
date of the Notes and the last date the Notes were held by an affiliate of the Issuer pursuant to paragraphs 2(C), 2(D) and 2(E) above, we will be required to furnish to you and the Issuer such certifications, legal opinions and other information as
you and the Issuer may 
 reasonably require to confirm that the proposed transfer complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the
Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
  

	15 	 Insert successor address or Trustee, as applicable.




  
 F-1 













 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are
acting are acquiring the Notes for investment purposes and not with a view to, or offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act, and we are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 

5. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional
“accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
 You, the Issuer and counsel to the
Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	(Name of Transferee)
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signature



  
 F-2 













 EXHIBIT G 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE ESTABLISHING A SERIES OF NOTES 

[NAME OF ISSUER] 
 as Issuer 

[NAME OF COMPANY] 
 as Company

 and 
 the Subsidiary
Guarantors from time to time party to the Indenture 
 and 

[NAME] 
 as Trustee 

 
  

[            ] SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 

DATED AS OF [            ], 20[    ] 

 
  

[            ]% Senior Notes Due 20[    ] 

  
 G-1 














[                
]16 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of [_________], 20[    ] (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among [name of Issuer] (the “Issuer”), as
issuer, [[name of Company], as parent guarantor (the “Company”),]17 the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture referred to below (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”),
and [NAME], as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below. 
 W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, the Issuer, [the Company,] the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, are party to an Indenture, dated as of November 22, 2019
(as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), relating to the issuance from time to time by the Issuer of Notes in series; 

WHEREAS, Section 901(8) of the Indenture provides that the Issuer may provide for the issuance of Notes of any series as permitted by
Section 301 therein; 
 WHEREAS, in connection with the issuance of the
[                ] Notes (as defined herein), the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture to establish the forms and terms
of the [                ] Notes as hereinafter described; and 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture
to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Issuer, [the Company,] the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used
herein as so defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular
section hereof. 
 2. Title of Notes. There shall be a series of Notes of the Issuer designated the
“[    ]%18 Senior Notes due 20[    ]”19 (the
“[                ]20 Notes”). 

 
  

	16 	 Insert supplement number. 



	17 	 Include if the Company is not the issuer. 



	18 	 Insert interest rate. 



	19 	 Insert year during which the maturity date falls. 



	20 	 Insert title of notes. 



  
 G-2 













 3. Maturity Date. The final Stated Maturity of the
[                ] Notes shall be [[                ], 20[    ]].21 
 4. Interest and Interest Rates. Interest on the Outstanding principal amount of
[                ] Notes will accrue at the rate of [    ]%22 per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on [[    ] and [                ]]23
in each year, commencing on [[                ], 20[    ]],24 to holders of record on the
immediately preceding [[    ] and [                ]],25 respectively (each such
[                ] and [                ], a “Regular Record Date”).
Interest on the [                ] Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from
[                ], 20[    ], except that interest on any Additional
[                ] Notes (as defined below) issued on or after the first Interest Payment Date will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date
to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid on such Additional [                ] Notes, from the Interest Payment Date
immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Additional [                ] Notes (or if the date of issuance of such Additional
[                ] Notes is an Interest Payment Date, from such date of issuance); provided that if any
[                ] Note issued in exchange therefor are surrendered for exchange on or after a record date for an Interest Payment Date that will occur on or after the
date of such exchange, interest on such Note received in exchange thereof will accrue from such Interest Payment Date. 
 5. [No]
Limitation on Aggregate Principal Amount. The aggregate principal amount of [ ] Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and Outstanding under the Indenture is [not limited][limited to
$[                ]].26 [The aggregate principal amount of the
[                ] Notes shall initially be $[                ]27 million.]28 [The aggregate principal amount of the
[                ] Notes issued pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture shall be
$[                ] million.]29 Subject to Section 407 of the Indenture, the Issuer may from time to time,
without the consent of the Holders, create and issue Additional Notes having the same terms and conditions as the [ ] Notes in all respects or in all respects except for issue date, issue price and, if applicable, the first date on which interest
accrues and the first payment of interest thereon. Additional Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with, and will form a single series with, the
[                ] Notes (any such Additional Notes, “Additional
[                ] Notes”), unless otherwise specified for Additional Notes in an applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, or
otherwise designated by the Issuer, as contemplated by Section 301 of the Indenture. 
  

 

	21 	 Insert Maturity Date. 



	22 	 Insert interest rate. 



	23 	 Insert Interest Payment Dates. 



	24 	 Insert First Interest Payment Date. 



	25 	 Insert Record Dates. 



	26 	 Insert whether the applicable series of Notes will be limited or not. 



	27 	 Insert principal amount of issuance. 



	28 	 Insert for the initial Notes of any applicable series. 



	29 	 Insert for the Additional Notes of any applicable series. 



  
 G-3 













 6. Redemption. (a) The
[                ] Notes will be redeemable, at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on and after
[[                ], 20[    ]]30 and prior to maturity at the applicable redemption price set
forth below. The [                ] Notes will be so redeemable at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the relevant Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date falling prior to or on the
Redemption Date pursuant to Section 307 of the Indenture), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on
[                ]31 of the years set forth below: 

 

					
	 Redemption
Period32
	  	Price33	 
	 20[         ]
	  	 	[    	]% 
	 20[         ]
	  	 	[    	]% 
	 20[         ]
	  	 	[    	]% 
	 20[         ] and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) In addition, at any time and from time to time [on or] prior to
[                ], 20[    ],34 the Issuer at its option may redeem
[                ] Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to up to [    ]%35 of the
original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional [                ] Notes, or any other Additional Notes of the same
series as the [                ] Notes), with funds in an equal aggregate amount (the “Redemption Amount”) not exceeding the aggregate proceeds of one
or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of [    ]%,36 plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but
excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date falling prior to or on the Redemption Date pursuant to Section 307 of
the Indenture);37 provided, however, that an aggregate principal amount of [                ] Notes
equal to at least [    ]% of the original aggregate principal amount of [                ] Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional
[                ] Notes, or any other Additional Notes of the same series as the
[                ] Notes) must remain outstanding immediately after each such redemption, unless all such Notes are redeemed substantially concurrently. Any amount
payable pursuant to this Section 6(b) may be funded from any source (including amounts in excess of the Redemption Amount). Any notice of any such redemption may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity
Offering, but in no event may be given more than 180 days after the completion of the related Equity Offering. 
  

	30 	 Insert date upon which the Notes are callable. 



	31 	 Insert date upon which the Notes are callable. 



	32 	 Insert years, adding or deleting lines if applicable. 



	33 	 Insert prices. 



	34 	 Insert date until which equity clawback is applicable. 



	35 	 Insert maximum percentage for equity clawback. 



	36 	 Insert premium. 



	37 	 Insert minimum amount required to remain outstanding.




  
 G-4 













 (c) At any time prior to
[[                ], 20[    ]],38
[                ] Notes may also be redeemed in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, at a price (the “Redemption Price”) equal to 100.0% of
the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium (as defined below) as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest
due on the relevant Interest Payment Date falling prior to or on the Redemption Date pursuant to Section 307 of the Indenture). 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a
[                ] Note at any Redemption Date, the greater of (i) 1.00% of the principal amount of such
[                ] Note and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such Redemption Date, calculated as of the date of the applicable redemption notice, of
(1) the redemption price of such [                ] Note on [[                ],
20[    ]]39 (such redemption price being that described in Section 6(a)), plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such
[                ] Note through such date (excluding accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed by the Issuer using a discount rate equal to the
Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of such [                ] Note on such Redemption Date. Calculation of the Applicable
Premium will be made by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate; provided that such calculation shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee. 

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to a Redemption Date, the weekly average yield to maturity at the time of computation of
United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the date of the applicable
redemption notice (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to
[[                ], 20[    ]];40 provided, however, that if the period from the
Redemption Date to such date is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated by the Issuer to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is less than one year, the
weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 
 (d)
Notwithstanding clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 6, in connection with any tender for the [                ] Notes, if Holders of
not less than 90% in the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding [                ] Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional
[                ] Notes, or any other Additional Notes of the same series as the
[                ] Notes) validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in such tender offer and the Issuer, or any other Person making such tender offer, purchases all
of the [                ] Notes (including any Additional [                ] 

 
  

	38 	 Insert date upon which the Notes are callable. 



	39 	 Insert date upon which the Notes are callable. 



	40 	 Insert date upon which the Notes are callable.




  
 G-5 













 
Notes and any Additional Notes of the same series as the [                ] Notes) validly tendered and not
withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer will have the right, upon notice given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to such tender offer, to redeem all of the
[                ] Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to the price offered to each Holder in such tender offer, plus, to the
extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the Redemption Date. 
 (e) Any redemption of
Notes pursuant to this Section 6 may be made upon notice sent electronically or, at the Issuer’s option, mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with Section 1005 of the
Indenture, and, if applicable, the Issuer should notify the Trustee of such redemption date, and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed in accordance with Section 1003 of the Indenture. The Issuer may provide in any redemption notice that
payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. 

(f) Any redemption of Notes pursuant to this Section 6 (including in connection with an Equity Offering) or notice
thereof may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction (or, waiver by the Issuer in its sole discretion) of one or more conditions precedent, which may include consummation of any related Equity Offering or the occurrence of a
Change of Control. If such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice may state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time (including more than 60
days after the date the notice of redemption was mailed or delivered, including by electronic transmission) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion), or such redemption may not occur and such
notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been (or, in the Issuer’s sole determination, may not be) satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion) by the Redemption Date, or by the
Redemption Date so delayed. 
 7. [                ]41 
 8. Form. The
[                ] Notes shall be issued substantially in the form set forth, or referenced, in Article II of the Indenture, and either Exhibit A or B attached
to the Indenture, in each case as provided for in Section 201 of the Indenture (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 301 of the Indenture). 

9. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
THE TRUSTEE, THE ISSUER, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF
NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE. 
  

 

	41 	 Include appropriate provisions in accordance with Section 301(7), Section 301(8) and/or
Section 301(9) of the Indenture. 



  
 G-6 













 10. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as
expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all
purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of
the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture. 
 11. Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental
Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
 12. Headings. The
section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof. 

  
 G-7 













 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[NAME OF ISSUER]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	[NAME OF COMPANY]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	[SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:
	
	[                                    
                                     ]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:]42
	
	[NAME], as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Officer


  
  

	42 	 Include if applicable. 



  
 G-8